{"title":"Blenders","description":"\u003cp\u003eBlend silky smoothies, velvety soups, and crushed ice in seconds with high-performance \u003cb\u003eblenders UK\u003c\/b\u003e health enthusiasts and busy home cooks rely on for everyday nutrition. A versatile food liquidiser sits at the heart of modern meal prep, helping you process raw ingredients, whip up sauces, and blend post-workout protein shakes without fuss. Whether you are upgrading an older countertop unit or adding a portable mixer to your routine, our collection provides reliable blending power tailored for British homes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect from a varied range of high-torque appliances designed for every food preparation task. Our inventory includes personal smoothie makers with portable carry bottles, heavy-duty jug blenders with heat-resistant glass pitchers, and multi-speed immersion hand blenders complete with whisk and mini-chopper attachments. Equipped with hardened stainless steel blades, pulse functions, and variable speed dials, these essential kitchen electricals effortlessly crush frozen fruit, fibrous greens, and tough nuts into ultra-smooth textures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKitchen Supplies Zone subjects every appliance in our food processing selection to thorough quality inspections to ensure motor durability, container safety, and leak-proof seals. We maintain fair, competitive pricing across our entire catalogue so you can invest in dependable kitchen machinery without paying steep high-street premiums. As a trusted UK seller known for prompt dispatch, we are committed to providing robust countertop appliances built to handle demanding daily blending tasks year after year.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePower through meal prep and enjoy silky-smooth blends with versatile, easy-to-clean food processing equipment. Explore our full range of blenders today to find the perfect match for your kitchen counter.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"berghoff-x7-elite-blender-2200w","title":"BergHOFF X7 ELITE 2200W Commercial-Grade Blender \u0026 Food Processor","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eBergHOFF X7 ELITE Blender\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTurns raw, fibrous vegetables, frozen fruit, and stubborn ice into silk in seconds. Forget dragging out three separate appliances to prep dinner; a single touch fires up a heavy-duty 2,200-watt engine spinning at 9,000 RPM to pulverize whole foods instantly. It brings absolute speed and zero hassle to your morning routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWhy Weak Motor Blenders Leave You Stranded\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInexpensive countertop blenders stall the moment you pack the pitcher with frozen berries or dense root veggies, leaving unblended chunks floating at the top and burning out their motors within months. The X7 ELITE bypasses motor strain entirely by pairing extreme wattage with engineered blade mechanics. It pulls dense mixtures down into the vortex automatically, delivering perfectly uniform textures for hot soups and cold sorbets without overheating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eBuilt for Total Kitchen Performance\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e2,200W Heavy-Duty Engine\u003c\/b\u003e: Disintegrates dense ice, raw nuts, and frozen ingredients without stalling or lagging mid-cycle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eOne-Touch Automated Timers\u003c\/b\u003e: 5 preset cycles instantly calibrate speed and duration for soups, smoothies, ice creams, sauces, and grinding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e2-Litre BPA-Free Polycarbonate Jug\u003c\/b\u003e: Impact-resistant, lightweight pitcher handles boiling liquids and heavy ice crushing safely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eManual Control \u0026amp; Pulse Functions\u003c\/b\u003e: Fine-tune custom textures instantly for chunky salsas or silky purees with complete accuracy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eSpecifications \u0026amp; Build Details\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAttribute\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePower Output\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003e2,200 Watts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRotation Speed\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003e9,000 RPM\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eJug Capacity\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003e2.0 Litres\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMaterial\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBPA-Free Polycarbonate\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePreset Modes\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003e5 (Soups, Smoothies, Ice Cream, Sauces, Grinding)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIncluded Accessories\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTamper Stick, Lid, Measuring Cap\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eStreamline Everyday Meal Prep\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you are whipping up a protein smoothie before a morning commute or blending hot vegetables for family soups, this machine cuts prep time down to seconds. Clean-up takes under a minute—simply add warm water, drop a dab of soap in, and run the pulse function.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eSecure Yours with Prompt UK Arrival\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStock is available now at Kitchen Supplies Zone with dependable courier service handling every shipment straight to your door.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can this blender handle hot liquids directly from the stove?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 2-litre BPA-free polycarbonate jug is thermal-shock resistant, allowing you to safely process steaming roasted vegetables straight into hot soups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the pitcher glass or plastic?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA: \u003c\/strong\u003eIt features an ultra-durable, commercial-grade BPA-free polycarbonate jug designed to resist cracking, shattering, or cloudy discoloration over years of daily heavy use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How quickly will my order be sent out?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Every unit dispatched from Kitchen Supplies Zone moves out immediately via swift UK dispatch so you can start blending right away.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BergHOFF","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49784564777216,"sku":"Item #568851","price":328.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0858\/7001\/8816\/files\/berghoff-x7-elite-blender-2200w-rapid-mainland-delivery-1.webp?v=1792145904"},{"product_id":"contender-mxh029-400mm-commercial-stick-blender","title":"Contender MXH029 400mm Commercial Stick Blender – 650W Heavy-Duty Hand Immersion Mixer","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eContender MXH029 400mm Commercial Hand Stick Blender\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlunge-blends straight to the bottom of deep stockpots, turning thick vegetable soups, coarse sauces, and heavy batters into velvety purees in seconds. A commercial-grade 650W engine spinning at 11,000 RPM takes the physical strain out of high-volume food preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eBuilt to Conquer High-Volume Kitchen Strain\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard domestic stick blenders overheat the moment they hit thick mixtures, burning out motors and leaving dangerous unblended chunks buried at the base of large stockpots. The MXH029 avoids motor failure using integrated cooling vents and active thermal overload protection that keeps performance steady during back-to-back prep shifts. Its extra-long 400mm stainless steel shaft reaches deep into wide catering tubs, while keeping sound levels surprisingly quiet under 70 dB(A).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eEngineered for Catering Precision\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e650W Motor with Variable Speed (11,000 RPM)\u003c\/b\u003e: Adjusts power output precise to your recipe, handling delicate emulsifications and dense purees without splashing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e400mm Detachable Stainless Steel Shaft\u003c\/b\u003e: Reaches deep into tall stockpots while unlocking via an easy-lock system for fast, hygienic cleanup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eThermal Overload Protection \u0026amp; Cooling Vents\u003c\/b\u003e: Prevents overheating during extended commercial production runs to ensure maximum long-term durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eErgonomic Anti-Fatigue Grip\u003c\/b\u003e: Comfortably balances weight across your hand, giving chef-level control without strain during long shifts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eCommercial Specifications \u0026amp; Hardware Details\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAttribute\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eModel\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMXH029\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePower Output\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003e650 Watts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMaximum Speed\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003e11,000 RPM\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eShaft Length\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003e400mm Stainless Steel\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSound Level\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eUnder 70 dB(A)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eElectrical Connection\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003e230V 50\/60Hz (Standard 13 Amp Plug)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOverall Dimensions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eH 79 x D 12 x W 14.6 cm\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eUnit Weight\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003e3.9 kg\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eBuilt for Demanding Prep Environments\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlugs directly into any standard UK socket, giving line cooks and catering teams immediate heavy-duty processing power straight out of the box. The detachable shaft rinses clean under warm water in seconds, letting you switch from savory broths to sweet batters without cross-contamination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eOrder Today for Quickly Shipped Across the UK\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnits are fully stocked at Kitchen Supplies Zone and ready for fast-tracked UK transit straight to your commercial kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will the motor burn out if used continuously for large batches of soup?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA: \u003c\/strong\u003eNo, the MXH029 features built-in cooling vents and internal thermal overload protection specifically designed to regulate temperature and protect internal components during heavy usage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can the shaft be detached for thorough cleaning?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA: \u003c\/strong\u003eYes, the 400mm stainless steel shaft utilizes a secure easy-lock system that detaches quickly for simple washing and sanitizing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How quickly will my order be dispatched to my venue?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Orders placed with Kitchen Supplies Zone enter processing immediately to ensure rapid mainland delivery directly to your kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Contender","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49784787992832,"sku":"Item #651891","price":228.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0858\/7001\/8816\/files\/contender-mxh029-stick-blender-400mm-swift-uk-dispatch-1.webp?v=1792145910"},{"product_id":"contender-mxh030-500mm-commercial-stick-blender","title":"Contender MXH030 500mm Commercial Hand Stick Blender – 650W Heavy-Duty Immersion Mixer","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eContender MXH030 500mm Commercial Hand Stick Blender\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSinks deep into oversized stockpots, pureeing fifty litres of vegetable soup or smooth batter without splashing or straining your wrists. Driven by a punchy 650-watt engine topping out at 11,000 RPM, this industrial unit rips through fibrous ingredients to leave smooth consistency in every pass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWhy Shallow Immersion Mixers Fall Short\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShorter or underpowered hand blenders force kitchen staff to tilt deep vats, creating hazardous hot splashes and leaving coarse, unprocessed lumps at the bottom of tall pots. The MXH030 solves this with an extended 500mm stainless steel shaft that reaches bottom surfaces directly, paired with an integrated cooling vent array that stops heat buildup dead in its tracks during extended prep cycles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eMaster Deep-Vat Processing\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e500mm Detachable Stainless Steel Arm\u003c\/b\u003e: Submerges deep into oversized stockpots to eliminate unblended pockets at the base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eVariable Speed Control (11,000 RPM)\u003c\/b\u003e: Adjusts torque output instantly, preventing hot liquid splatters when starting or finishing large batches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eThermal Overload \u0026amp; Active Air Venting\u003c\/b\u003e: Shield the internal 650W motor from heat fatigue during multi-hour catering runs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSub-70 dB(A) Whispering Sound Profile\u003c\/b\u003e: Dampens high-pitched motor whine so prep cooks maintain a quiet, comfortable working environment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eHardware \u0026amp; Technical Specs\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAttribute\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eModel Reference\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMXH030\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMotor Power Output\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003e650 Watts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMaximum Velocity\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003e11,000 RPM\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eShaft Dimension\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003e500mm Stainless Steel\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNoise Rating\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBelow 70 dB(A)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePower Connection\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003e230V 50\/60Hz (Standard 13A Plug Fitted)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDimensions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eH 89 x D 12 x W 14.6 cm\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTotal Weight\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003e4.1 kg\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eBuilt to Streamline High-Volume Kitchens\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReady to operate straight from the box, this unit connects to standard UK electrical outlets and stores neatly away when service ends. Twist off the stainless shaft for a swift, hygienic rinse under the sink between prep tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eIn Stock Today with Quick UK Delivery\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSecure your unit now through Kitchen Supplies Zone for dependable courier service straight to your commercial kitchen counter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will the 500mm shaft fit standard deep stockpots used in commercial catering?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the extra-long 500mm shaft length is explicitly engineered to reach the bottom of large commercial vats without risk of splashing over pot rims.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can the mixing shaft be detached for sanitization?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Absolutely, the shaft uses an intuitive easy-lock mechanism that twists off smoothly for rapid cleaning and sanitary maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How fast will this blender ship to my establishment?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Orders placed today receive swift UK dispatch to guarantee rapid mainland delivery right to your door.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Contender","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49784820269312,"sku":"Item #651900","price":218.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0858\/7001\/8816\/files\/contender-mxh030-stick-blender-500mm-swift-uk-dispatch-1.webp?v=1792145911"},{"product_id":"cuisinart-hb500u-power-blend-immersion-hand-blender-silver","title":"Cuisinart HB500U Power Blend Immersion Hand Blender in Silver – 400W Multi-Tasking Kitchen System","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eCuisinart HB500U Power Blend Immersion Hand Blender in Silver\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePureeing hot butternut squash soup directly inside a simmering enamel pot usually means risking scratched cookware or transferring bubbling liquid into a messy full-sized pitcher. This sleek 400-watt workstation eliminates that friction entirely. With single-handed digital controls and a specialized non-scratch guard, you glide from silky coulis to finely shredded root vegetables without swapping appliances or scrubbing extra pans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWhy Multi-Blade Attachment Systems Superiority Wins\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e Traditional single-purpose stick blenders bog down when tackling dense roots or whipping egg whites, clogging their guards and scorching motors under load. This precision-engineered system combines an industrial-grade motor with dedicated attachments—including a full 950ml food processor bowl and chef’s whisk—delivering consistent torque across five digital speeds so your ingredients are processed evenly without chunkiness or splatters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eEngineered Kitchen Performance\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e400W High-Torque Motor\u003c\/b\u003e: Powers through tough root vegetables, ice-cold fruit, and dense sauces without overheating or stalling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eNon-Scratch Blade Guard\u003c\/b\u003e: Blends smooth purees directly inside non-stick pots, glass cookware, or ceramic bowls without leaving scuffs or marks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eIntegrated 950ml Food Processor\u003c\/b\u003e: Reversible slicing and shredding discs turn a compact hand tool into a full prep station for salads, salsas, and toppings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eOne-Touch Digital Control\u003c\/b\u003e: Adjust five distinct speed settings on the fly with single-hand handle buttons and an illuminated indicator screen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAttribute\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eModel\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHB500U\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePower Output\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003e400 Watts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSpeed Settings\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003e5 Digital Speeds\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDimensions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eH 41cm x D 7cm x W 6cm\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWeight\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003e2.1kg\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePrimary Materials\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eStainless Steel \u0026amp; BPA-Free Plastics\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDishwasher Safe\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003e700ml Container, 950ml Bowl, Whisk, \u0026amp; Discs\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEAN\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003e3030050200898\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eSeamless Meal Prep Integration\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e Whether you are whipping up a protein smoothie in the 700ml prep-and-go beaker before a morning commute or shredding fresh cabbage for weeknight fish tacos, this system stows neatly inside its custom storage bag. It simplifies complex prep work while keeping your countertops clear of clunky appliances.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAvailability \u0026amp; UK Logistics\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e Units are in stock and ready for prompt UK arrival through Kitchen Supplies Zone's dependable courier service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will the metal guard ruin expensive non-stick saucepan coatings?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the base features a custom BPA-free protective guard specifically designed to cushion the stainless steel blades from direct contact with glass, ceramic, or non-stick surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Are the food processor and blending attachments easy to clean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA: \u003c\/strong\u003eYes, the 700ml container, 950ml processing bowl, chopping blades, chef's whisk, and slicing disc are all fully dishwasher safe for effortless cleanup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How quickly will my order be dispatched?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Orders placed through Kitchen Supplies Zone benefit from swift UK dispatch and fast-tracked UK transit right to your door.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Cuisinart","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49784893931776,"sku":"Item #614251","price":41.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0858\/7001\/8816\/files\/cuisinart-hb500u-power-blend-hand-blender-rapid-uk-delivery-1.webp?v=1792145914"},{"product_id":"contender-mxh028-300mm-commercial-hand-stick-blender","title":"Contender MXH028 300mm Commercial Hand Stick Blender – High-Velocity 13,000 RPM Immersion Unit","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eContender MXH028 300mm Commercial Hand Stick Blender\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShreds through prep tasks in seconds, transforming coarse, chunky vegetable bases into silky bisques right inside your cooking pot. A high-torque 350-watt motor spins at an impressive 13,000 RPM, giving busy lines the raw speed needed to execute micro-smooth emulsion sauces and purees under high-volume pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWhy Weak Hand Mixers Stall Under Commercial Pressure\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLighter domestic immersion wands constantly drag, choke on fibrous stalks, and suffer thermal shutdowns when working through deep pots of warm soup. The MXH028 counters that frustration with a light 2.4 kg frame built around an active air-cooling system and internal overload safety guard. You get steady, high-velocity blending power without motor fatigue or aching wrists during long prep shifts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eEngineered for Fast Kitchen Prep\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e13,000 RPM High-Speed Motor\u003c\/b\u003e: Blasts through stubborn vegetables and thick sauces instantly for a micro-smooth texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e300mm Stainless Steel Shaft\u003c\/b\u003e: Submerges deep into medium stockpots, saucepans, and prep containers without messy splashes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eEasy-Lock Detachable Design\u003c\/b\u003e: Unlocks the stainless steel wand with a simple turn for quick, sanitary sink rinses between orders.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eLow-Noise Motor Housing\u003c\/b\u003e: Keeps acoustic levels under 70 dB(A) to foster a calm, focused working atmosphere on the line.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eTechnical Specifications \u0026amp; Hardware Overview\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAttribute\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eModel\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMXH028\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMotor Power\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003e350 Watts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFixed Speed\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003e13,000 RPM\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eShaft Length\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003e300mm Stainless Steel\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOperating Noise\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eUnder 70 dB(A)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePower Supply\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003e230V 50\/60Hz (Standard 13A Plug Fitted)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDimensions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eH 59.5 x W 9.5 x D 13 cm\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTotal Weight\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003e2.4 kg\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eReady for Daily Prep Line Duty\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlug directly into any standard outlet and start blending without complicated setups or lengthy menu configurations. Its compact footprint tucks away neatly into tight prep stations, hanging racks, or equipment drawers once service wraps up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eIn Stock with Fast-Tracked UK Transit\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnits are ready to ship straight from Kitchen Supplies Zone via dependable courier service directly to your commercial kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will this blender overheat if used to puree hot soup in batches?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA: \u003c\/strong\u003eNo, integrated cooling vents combined with active thermal overload protection continuously manage internal temperatures to prevent heat buildup during extended use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the shaft easy to detach and sanitize between different tasks?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA: \u003c\/strong\u003eYes, the 300mm stainless steel shaft uses a quick easy-lock system that twists off effortlessly for swift cleaning and sanitizing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How quickly will my order be dispatched?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Your item enters warehouse processing immediately to ensure swift UK dispatch and prompt UK arrival straight to your kitchen line.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Contender","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49784911921408,"sku":"Item #651888","price":148.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0858\/7001\/8816\/files\/contender-mxh028-300mm-stick-blender-quick-uk-delivery-1.webp?v=1792145915"},{"product_id":"tefal-perfectmix-cook-2-in-1-blender-soup-maker-bl83sd65","title":"Tefal PerfectMix Cook 2-in-1 High-Speed Blender \u0026 Soup Maker – 1400W","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eTefal PerfectMix 2-in-1 Blender \u0026amp; Soup Maker, BL83SD65\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e simplifies mealtime by combining active cooking with high-speed blending in a single station. From frosty morning smoothies to piping-hot stews served straight from the jug, this machine handles raw ingredients to finished meals without requiring extra pans or stove space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eEngineered Cooking Performance Over Standard Blending\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e Standard blenders force you to transfer boiling liquids from pots to plastic jugs, risking heat damage, spills, and tedious cleanup. The PerfectMix Cook eliminates mid-prep transfers using a thermal-shock resistant 1.75L glass jug paired with a built-in heating element. Driven by six Powelix blades and a robust 1400W motor, it processes hard root vegetables and tough soya beans into silky milks, chunky soups, or steamed baby food up to 30% faster than conventional blades.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eKey Performance Advantages\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e10 Preset Automated Programs\u003c\/b\u003e: Execute 4 cold and 6 hot recipes with one-touch settings for crushed ice, compotes, hot sauces, and multigrain milks without manual monitoring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eStainless Steel Steaming Basket\u003c\/b\u003e: Converts your blender into a high-temperature steamer for fresh vegetables, seafood, or pureed baby food inputs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003ePowelix Blade Architecture\u003c\/b\u003e: Dual-action stainless steel blades slice both vertically and horizontally to prevent unblended pockets at the base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eHygienic Auto-Clean Cycle\u003c\/b\u003e: Heat-assisted rinse program neutralizes 99.9% of bacteria while removable blades allow quick manual touch-ups using the included safety brush.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAttribute\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eModel Code\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBL83SD65\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMotor Output\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003e1400 Watts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eJug Capacity\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003e1.75L Usable (2L Total)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProgram Modes\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003e10 Automated (4 Cold, 6 Hot) + Manual Speed\/Time\/Temp\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBlade System\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRemovable 6-Point Powelix Stainless Steel\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eJug Material\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHeatproof \u0026amp; Stain-Resistant Glass\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eUnit Weight\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003e5.8 kg\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eBuilt for Modern Kitchen Workflows\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 2-in-1 appliance reclaims valuable counter real estate by consolidating your blender, soup kettle, and food steamer into one heavy-duty footprint. Busy households can make fresh, additive-free soya milk in 30 minutes flat or set a hot soup program to cook autonomously while tending to evening routines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eOrder Today with Kitchen Supplies Zone\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e Stock is available for quick UK delivery directly from our regional warehouse network.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I put raw, unsoaked soya beans into the blender to make milk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA: \u003c\/strong\u003eYes, you can add 100g of raw soya beans directly into 1L of water without prior soaking; the 30-minute hot program cooks and pulverizes them thoroughly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the glass jug difficult to clean after cooking thick stews or sauces?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Not at all. Run the automatic cleaning cycle immediately after use to heat-rinse stubborn residues, then pop out the removable blade assembly for a quick wipe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How quickly will my Tefal PerfectMix Blender arrive after ordering?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Every unit benefits from rapid mainland delivery dispatch via our dependable courier service, ensuring your kitchen upgrade arrives promptly.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Tefal","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49784971624704,"sku":"Item #494917","price":128.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0858\/7001\/8816\/files\/tefal-perfectmix-cook-soup-maker-blender-swift-uk-transit-1.webp?v=1792074921"},{"product_id":"kenwood-multipro-onetouch-food-processor-blender-fdm73480ss","title":"Kenwood MultiPro OneTouch Food Processor and Blender FDM73.480SS – All-In-One Kitchen Station with Integrated Digital Scale","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eKenwood MultiPro OneTouch Food Processor and Blender, FDM73.480SS\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e cuts out prep-work clutter by uniting precision weighing, high-speed blending, and heavy-duty chopping inside a single footprint. Instead of pulling out four separate counter appliances to handle dinner, you measure ingredients directly into the bowl, hit a preset, and let the 1000W motor tackle everything from crushed ice to stiff bread dough in seconds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eBuilt Beyond Flimsy Countertop Appliances\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard food processors routinely bog down under thick mixes, leave chunky uneven purées, or force you to wash extra measuring jugs before you even begin processing. The MultiPro OneTouch eliminates those friction points entirely with its built-in digital scales and EverSharp micro-serrated blades, delivering relentless cutting power that stays sharp over extended daily use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eEngineered Prep Capabilities\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eIntegrated Digital Scale:\u003c\/b\u003e Weigh ingredients directly into the bowl or tray as you go, saving time and keeping counter mess to a absolute minimum.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eOneTouch Preset Control:\u003c\/b\u003e One-tap programs engineered by culinary experts automatically manage power cycles for snowy crushed ice, silky smoothies, and quick doughs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eExpress Serve Attachment:\u003c\/b\u003e Slice and grate vegetables directly onto your serving platter or frying pan without filling up the primary bowl.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e1000W Motor Drive:\u003c\/b\u003e Heavy-duty base handles dense doughs, tough root vegetables, and frozen fruit without stalling or overheating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAttribute\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBrand \u0026amp; Model\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKenwood MultiPro OneTouch FDM73.480SS\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMotor Power\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003e1000 Watts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFood Processor Capacity\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003e3.0 Litres\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBlender Jug Capacity\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003e1.5 Litres\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEAN\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003e5011423007748\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIncluded Attachments\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eExpress Serve, Dough Tool, Spatula, Weighing Tray, 4mm Slicing\/Grating Disc, EverSharp Knife Blade\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eDesigned for Busy Home Kitchens\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you are rushing to whip up a nutritious morning smoothie or prepping batch meals for the week, this all-in-one system moves effortlessly through every step of your cooking routine. Its compact tower design preserves precious counter space while giving home chefs professional-grade prep efficiency every single day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAvailability \u0026amp; Order Processing\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn stock now at Kitchen Supplies Zone with fast-tracked UK transit directly to your door.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I grate cheese directly into a bowl without using the main processor container?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA: \u003c\/strong\u003eYes, using the included Express Serve attachment, you can grate or slice continuous batches directly into your own bowls or pans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How accurate are the built-in digital scales?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA: \u003c\/strong\u003eThe digital scale measures precisely from 1 gram up to 3 kilograms, allowing you to weigh directly into the processing bowl or onto the included standalone weighing tray.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How quickly will my order ship out?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA: \u003c\/strong\u003eOrders placed at Kitchen Supplies Zone are dispatched promptly via our dependable courier service for quick UK delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Kenwood","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49785105580288,"sku":"Item #751142","price":148.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0858\/7001\/8816\/files\/kenwood-multipro-onetouch-fdm73-480ss-rapid-mainland-delivery-1.webp?v=1792074935"},{"product_id":"ninja-foodi-blender-soup-maker-hb150uk","title":"Ninja Foodi Blender \u0026 Soup Maker HB150UK with Built-In Heating Element","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eNinja Foodi Blender \u0026amp; Soup Maker, HB150UK\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eeliminates the clutter of separate pans and countertop blenders by sautéing, boiling, and crushing ingredients inside a single heat-resistant glass vessel. From raw vegetables to steaming velvet butternut squash soup in twenty minutes flat, this dual-action kitchen appliance handles thermal cooking and high-speed blending concurrently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWhy Conventional Soup Makers Fall Short\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBasic soup kettles rely on passive steeping, frequently scorching dairy bottoms or leaving stringy, un-blended celery fibers behind. This Ninja unit combines a robust 1000-watt drive system with a built-in heating element and internal auto-stir paddle, preventing ingredients from sticking to the non-stick base while forcing dense root vegetables straight into the high-speed crushing blade assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eEngineered Kitchen Capabilities\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDual-Zone Thermal System\u003c\/b\u003e: Sauté fresh aromatics like onions and garlic directly inside the jug before automatically switching to boiling and fine-texture blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e10 Auto-iQ Programs\u003c\/b\u003e: Pulse, pause, and temperature-control patterns execute automatically for velvety bisques, chunky broths, frozen cocktails, and silky fruit smoothies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003e1000-Watt High-Torque Blade\u003c\/b\u003e: Pulverizes raw nuts, fibrous greens, frozen berries, and solid ice without stalling or motor drag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eIntegrated Self-Clean Function\u003c\/b\u003e: Dedicated heat-rinse setting breaks down stubborn grease and food debris prior to a quick manual wipe down.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAttribute\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eModel Code\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHB150UK\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMotor Power\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003e1000 Watts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCapacity\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003e1.7L Cold \/ 1.4L Hot\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBody Dimensions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eH 45cm x L 20cm x D 21.5cm\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAppliance Weight\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003e5.6 kg\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEAN\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003e0622356233415\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eJug Material\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThermal-shock resistant glass with non-stick coating\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eDesigned for Busy Home Cooks\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePosition this sleek vertical unit directly beneath your upper kitchen cabinets to reclaim valuable stovetop real estate during busy weeknight dinners. Pouring directly from the splash-free spout means zero ladling mess and fewer dirty pots stacking up in the sink.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAvailable for Rapid Mainland Delivery\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKitchen Supplies Zone keeps the Ninja HB150UK fully stocked for prompt UK arrival straight to your doorstep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the glass jug stain or absorb garlic and onion flavors after cooking soups?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA: \u003c\/strong\u003eNo, the heavy-duty glass container features a non-porous surface and non-stick internal coating that resists flavor absorption, food discoloration, and stubborn burn-on residue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I manually adjust the cooking temperature and blend speed instead of using presets?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA: \u003c\/strong\u003eYes, alongside the 10 automated Auto-iQ programs, the front control panel offers 6 manual speed and heat settings so you can customize texture and temperature precisely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How quickly will my order be processed and sent out?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Every unit leaves our fulfillment center via dependable courier service to guarantee fast-tracked UK transit.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Ninja","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49785318244608,"sku":"Item #602570","price":178.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0858\/7001\/8816\/files\/ninja-foodi-blender-soup-maker-hb150uk-fast-transit-uk-1.webp?v=1792145925"},{"product_id":"daewoo-2-in-1-soup-maker-and-smoothie-blender-1-6l","title":"Daewoo 2-in-1 Soup Maker \u0026 Smoothie Blender - 1.6L Family Capacity","description":"\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"1\"\u003e\u003cb data-path-to-node=\"1\" data-index-in-node=\"0\"\u003eDaewoo 2-in-1 Soup Maker \u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"1\"\u003eWholesome, piping hot meals hit the table in 20 minutes flat without standing over a simmering stove or washing multiple dirty pans. Toss raw, chopped vegetables straight into the jug, press a button, and return to six portions of perfectly cooked, velvety soup or ice-cold breakfast smoothies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"2\"\u003e\u003cb data-path-to-node=\"2\" data-index-in-node=\"0\"\u003ePrecision Heating Replaces Kitchen Chaos\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"2\"\u003eStandard blenders lack thermal elements, while traditional stockpots demand constant watching to prevent scorching on the bottom. Combining automated stirring intervals with integrated heating, this dual-purpose machine cooks and purees simultaneously while built-in sensors prevent boiled-over messes across your counters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"3\"\u003e\u003cb data-path-to-node=\"3\" data-index-in-node=\"0\"\u003eCulinary Versatility Engineered for Homes\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli data-path-to-node=\"3\"\u003e\n\u003cb data-path-to-node=\"3\" data-index-in-node=\"42\"\u003e6-Portion 1.6L Capacity\u003c\/b\u003e: Preps full family dinners or a week's worth of healthy meal-prep lunches in one batch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-path-to-node=\"3\"\u003e\n\u003cb data-path-to-node=\"3\" data-index-in-node=\"154\"\u003eHot \u0026amp; Cold Dual Processing\u003c\/b\u003e: Shifts easily from simmering chunky vegetable broths to crushing cold fruit shakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-path-to-node=\"3\"\u003e\n\u003cb data-path-to-node=\"3\" data-index-in-node=\"266\"\u003eAutomated Hands-Free Stirring\u003c\/b\u003e: Runs built-in blend and heat cycles automatically so ingredients cook evenly without burning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-path-to-node=\"3\"\u003e\n\u003cb data-path-to-node=\"3\" data-index-in-node=\"391\"\u003eIntegrated Safety Spout \u0026amp; Auto Shut-Off\u003c\/b\u003e: Prevents counter spills and protects internal heating elements from overflow risks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"4\"\u003e\u003cb data-path-to-node=\"4\" data-index-in-node=\"0\"\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable data-path-to-node=\"5\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAttribute\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan data-path-to-node=\"5,1,0,0\"\u003eBrand\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan data-path-to-node=\"5,1,1,0\"\u003eDaewoo\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan data-path-to-node=\"5,2,0,0\"\u003eCapacity\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan data-path-to-node=\"5,2,1,0\"\u003e1.6 Litres (Up to 6 Portions)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan data-path-to-node=\"5,3,0,0\"\u003eFunctions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan data-path-to-node=\"5,3,1,0\"\u003eHot Soup, Smoothies, Juices, Shakes\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan data-path-to-node=\"5,4,0,0\"\u003eCooking Time\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan data-path-to-node=\"5,4,1,0\"\u003eFresh Soup in 20 Minutes\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan data-path-to-node=\"5,5,0,0\"\u003eSafety Features\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan data-path-to-node=\"5,5,1,0\"\u003eOverspill Spout, Auto Shut-off, Cool-touch Housing\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan data-path-to-node=\"5,6,0,0\"\u003eMaintenance\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan data-path-to-node=\"5,6,1,0\"\u003eEasy-Clean Interior\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"6\"\u003e\u003cb data-path-to-node=\"6\" data-index-in-node=\"0\"\u003eDesigned for Busy Family Kitchens\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"6\"\u003eSimplifies evening meal prep after long workdays, letting you throw wholesome ingredients together and step away until dinner is served. Its space-saving vertical profile sits neatly on countertops, eliminating the need for separate standalone blenders and soup boilers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"7\"\u003e\u003cb data-path-to-node=\"7\" data-index-in-node=\"0\"\u003eReady for Rapid Mainland Delivery\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"7\"\u003eUnits are fully stocked at Kitchen Supplies Zone, dispatched quickly across the UK for prompt arrival straight to your kitchen counter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"8\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"8\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does milk or cream burn to the bottom of the jug during the 20-minute heating cycle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"8\"\u003eA: No, the automated stir intervals keep liquids in continuous motion across the heating element, preventing scorching and ensuring smooth heat distribution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"9\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can this machine handle frozen fruit and tough raw root vegetables like carrots?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"9\"\u003eA: Yes, the high-torque blender blades chop through dense raw vegetables and frozen fruit chunks easily before or during the cooking cycle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"10\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How quickly will my order be shipped out?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-path-to-node=\"10\"\u003eA: Orders booked with Kitchen Supplies Zone are processed immediately for swift UK dispatch via our dependable courier service.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Daewoo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50476015878400,"sku":"AA0087","price":39.52,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0858\/7001\/8816\/files\/daewoo-2-in-1-soup-maker-1-6l-fast-tracked-uk-transit-1.webp?v=1792146129"},{"product_id":"electrolux-food-processor-blender-1000w","title":"Electrolux SDA2838ELGRY 1000W 9-in-1 Food Processor \u0026 Blender in Grey - One Base, Every Prep Job","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eElectrolux SDA2838ELGRY 1000W Multi Food Processor \u0026amp; Blender\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Electrolux SDA2838ELGRY is a 1000W, 9-in-1 food processor and blender for home cooks who want one base to cover chopping, slicing, shredding, whisking, kneading, grinding, juicing and blending. A generous 2L processor bowl and extra-wide 6cm feed inlet take bigger batches and larger ingredients with less pre-chopping, while the 1.5L jug handles smoothies, sauces and chilled soups.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne Food Processor and Blender Instead of Five Gadgets\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSeparate choppers, blenders and spice grinders clutter cupboards and each needs its own space on the worktop. This Electrolux combines nine functions on a single 1000W base, with three speeds plus Pulse so you can match the power to the task. The bowl, jug, grinder and pushers are BPA-free plastic, the shredding and slicing discs are dishwasher safe, and suction cup feet hold the machine steady on the counter while it works. Electrolux backs it with a 5-year warranty upon registration, giving peace of mind on an appliance you will use every week.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for Every Prep Job\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e9-in-1 functionality:\u003c\/strong\u003e chop, slice, shred, whisk, knead, grind, juice and blend from one compact 1000W base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra-wide 6cm feed inlet:\u003c\/strong\u003e add larger pieces of vegetable or cheese with less chopping before they go in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree speeds plus Pulse:\u003c\/strong\u003e gentle mixing for batters through to full power for crushing ice and blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuction cup feet:\u003c\/strong\u003e keep the processor planted on the worktop while kneading dough or blending a full jug.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFood Processor Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectrolux\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSDA2838ELGRY\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFunctions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9-in-1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProcessor bowl\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2L, BPA-free plastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlender jug\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5L, BPA-free plastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCoffee and spice grinder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300ml\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 plus Pulse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed inlet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6cm extra-wide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.8kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIn the box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase, bowl and lid, jug and lid, grinder, food pusher, measuring cup, juicer cone and tray, shredding disc, slicing\/julienne disc, spindles, small and large pushers, dough and metal blades, whisk, grinder blades\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 years upon registration with Electrolux\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEAN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5024996989700\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor Batch Cooks and Busy Families\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eGrate a block of cheese, slice onions for a curry and knead pizza dough before dinner, then swap to the jug for a breakfast smoothie the next morning. With the grinder for fresh coffee and spices, a single appliance takes care of most of the week's prep.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn Stock and Dispatching\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eKitchen Supplies Zone has this Electrolux food processor in stock, ready for fast-tracked UK transit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is 1000W enough for kneading dough and crushing ice?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: The 1000W motor drives dedicated dough and metal blades, a whisk and a 1.5L blender jug, and three speeds plus Pulse let you control power for each task. Suction cup feet keep the base stable during heavier jobs like kneading.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Which parts are dishwasher safe and BPA-free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: The shredding and slicing discs are dishwasher safe. The processor bowl and lid, blender jug and lid, coffee and spice grinder, food pusher and measuring cup are made from BPA-free plastic, as listed in the box contents.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How fast will my food processor be delivered?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Every order leaves with swift UK dispatch and is carried on fast-tracked UK transit by a dependable courier service. Tracking details arrive by email so you can follow the parcel all the way to your kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Electrolux","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50620971352320,"sku":"Item #673836","price":88.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0858\/7001\/8816\/files\/electrolux-1000w-9-in-1-processor-blender-quick-uk-delivery-1.webp?v=1792146625"},{"product_id":"electrolux-digital-blender-1400w-grey","title":"Electrolux SDA2877ELGRY 1400W Digital Blender with Grinder, 1.75L Glass Jug in Grey","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eElectrolux SDA2877ELGRY 1400W Digital Blender with Grinder\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Electrolux SDA2877ELGRY is a 1400W glass jug blender for home cooks who want smoothies, soups, sauces and freshly ground spices from one compact base. Its 1.75L glass jug handles family-sized batches, while a separate 200ml grinder jar takes care of coffee beans, herbs and whole spices. Touch controls, nine speeds and three one-touch programmes mean breakfast smoothies and Sunday soup are both a short, simple job.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy a Glass Jug Blender Outlasts Budget Plastic Models\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCheap blenders tend to fail in two places. Thin plastic jugs scratch, cloud and hold on to the smell of curry paste, and low-wattage motors bog down as soon as frozen fruit or ice hits the blades. Electrolux avoids both problems by pairing a 1400W motor with a 1.75L glass jug, so tough ingredients get broken down in a vessel that stays clear and easy to clean. A lid with a safety catch keeps everything sealed in at full speed, and the 5-year warranty on registration with Electrolux adds real peace of mind.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlending Features You Will Use Every Week\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNine Speeds Plus Pulse:\u003c\/strong\u003e dial in anything from a chunky salsa to a velvety soup, with short Pulse bursts for chopping nuts or onions without turning them to paste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree Presets:\u003c\/strong\u003e dedicated smoothie, ice crushing and juice extraction programmes run at one touch, so you can slice bread or pour coffee while the blender works.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e200ml Grinder Jar:\u003c\/strong\u003e grind coffee beans, peppercorns, cumin seeds or fresh herbs on the same motor base, keeping a separate spice grinder out of the cupboard.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean Mode:\u003c\/strong\u003e an automatic cycle loosens sticky leftovers from the jug walls, so washing up after a thick smoothie or hummus takes far less scrubbing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eElectrolux SDA2877ELGRY Blender Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectrolux\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSDA2877ELGRY\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1400W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMain jug\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.75L glass with lid and safety catch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrinder jar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200ml, BPA-free plastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 plus Pulse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePresets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmoothie, ice crushing, juice extraction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCleaning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic Clean mode\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eControls\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTouch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eH 41 x W 22.5 x D 18 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.3kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIn the box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlender base, 1.75L glass jug and lid, 200ml grinder jar, BPA-free measuring cup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 years on registration with Electrolux\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade for Smoothie Mornings and Curry Nights\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBlitz a banana and oat smoothie before the school run, then grind cumin and coriander seeds for the evening curry without hunting for a second appliance. The 1.75L glass jug holds enough soup, batter or frozen cocktails for the whole household, so weekend cooking happens in one run rather than three.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to Order Today\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Electrolux SDA2877ELGRY blender is in stock now at Kitchen Supplies Zone and leaves our warehouse with swift UK dispatch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can this blender crush ice without straining the motor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Yes. It runs on a 1400W motor and has a dedicated ice crushing preset, so cubes for frozen drinks and slushies are a routine job. For best results, add a little liquid with the ice and use Pulse for a few short bursts first.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the jug glass, and what is the grinder made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: The main 1.75L jug is glass, with a lid that locks on using a safety catch. The 200ml grinder jar and the measuring cup are made from BPA-free plastic, and both sit on the same base as the main jug.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How quickly will my blender be delivered?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Every order is packed promptly and sent with swift UK dispatch from Kitchen Supplies Zone. A dependable courier service then carries the blender carefully to your door, ready for your first smoothie, soup or batch of freshly ground spices.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Electrolux","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50620971483392,"sku":"Item #673838","price":63.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0858\/7001\/8816\/files\/electrolux-1400w-blender-with-grinder-fast-tracked-uk-transit-1.webp?v=1792146627"},{"product_id":"ninja-crushboss-blender-duo-lb301ukbk","title":"Ninja CrushBOSS LB301UKBK 2-in-1 Blender Duo with BlendBOSS Tumbler, 1200W in Onyx","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNinja CrushBOSS LB301UKBK 2-in-1 Blender Duo with BlendBOSS Tumbler in Onyx\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Ninja CrushBOSS LB301UKBK is a Ninja blender with tumbler that covers family-sized batches and single smoothies on the go from one 1200W motor base. Fit the XL 2.1L jug for frozen cocktails, soups and sauces, or swap to the 710ml BlendBOSS Tumbler for a breakfast drink you can carry out of the door. Turn the dial, let Smart Menu pick the programme, and walk away while it crushes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy This Ninja Blender With Tumbler Leaves No Lumps Behind\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRound-bottomed jugs let ingredients swirl in a pocket the blades never quite reach, which is why some blenders leave frozen berries and ice chunks sitting at the bottom. The CrushBOSS XL jug has a curved square base that eliminates those dead zones for silkier blends. VesselDetect recognises whether the jug or the tumbler is attached and offers the right programmes, while Liquid Detect technology works alongside Smart Menu. Ninja Total Crushing and Chopping Blades and the CrushBlade turn ice to snow rather than slush.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmart Blending Tech That Takes Over\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmoothSense Programme:\u003c\/strong\u003e a hands-off programme that delivers velvety blends every time, so smoothies and shakes come out without any stopping and stirring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrepIQ and Custom Presets:\u003c\/strong\u003e chop salsa ingredients, prep sauces or run your own routine, all chosen from a single dial on the front of the base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e710ml BlendBOSS Tumbler:\u003c\/strong\u003e blend straight in the cup, add the to-go sip lid and straw, and it fits most car cupholders for the commute.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eXL 2.1L Jug:\u003c\/strong\u003e holds up to 1.9L of liquid, enough soup, batter or frozen drinks for the whole family in one batch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCrushBOSS Blender Duo Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNinja\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLB301UKBK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1200W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXL jug\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.1L, 1.9L max liquid, lid with pour spout\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTumbler\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e710ml BlendBOSS, 690ml max liquid, to-go sip lid and straw\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePresets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmoothSense, PrepIQ, Custom\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTechnology\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmart Menu, VesselDetect, Liquid Detect\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlades\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal Crushing and Chopping Blade, CrushBlade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisplay\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLED\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCord length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.8m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOnyx\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eH 45.39 x L 25.81 x W 22.81 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.05kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIn the box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor base, XL jug with lid, Total Crushing and Chopping Blade, BlendBOSS Tumbler with sip lid and straw, CrushBlade, inspiration and recipe guide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeekend Batches and Weekday Commutes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBlend a full jug of soup or frozen cocktails on Saturday, then use the tumbler on Monday for a protein smoothie you can sip on the way to work. One base and one cupboard spot handle two very different jobs, which suits busy households with limited worktop space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStock Is Live Now\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Ninja CrushBOSS 2-in-1 Blender Duo is in stock now at Kitchen Supplies Zone and is quickly shipped across the UK.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can it really crush ice properly?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Yes. The 1200W motor and Ninja Total Crushing and Chopping Blades are designed to rip through ice and tough frozen ingredients in seconds. The curved square base of the XL jug keeps ingredients moving into the blades, so you get snow-like ice rather than stubborn chunks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How does the blender know which vessel is attached?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: VesselDetect recognises whether the XL jug or the BlendBOSS Tumbler is sitting on the base, then shows the programmes that suit that vessel. Liquid Detect technology and Smart Menu work alongside it, so you simply turn the dial and press start.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How fast will my Ninja blender arrive?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Your blender is quickly shipped across the UK from Kitchen Supplies Zone, and our dependable courier service aims for prompt UK arrival. It is boxed securely with every part included, so the jug, tumbler and blades are ready to use straight away.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Ninja","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50620972040448,"sku":"Item #678697","price":188.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0858\/7001\/8816\/files\/ninja-crushboss-blender-duo-1200w-quickly-shipped-across-uk-1.webp?v=1792146632"},{"product_id":"kitchenaid-go-cordless-blender","title":"KitchenAid Go Cordless Personal Blender 5KSBR256BM with 12V Battery, 473ml","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKitchenAid Go Cordless Personal Blender 5KSBR256BM\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe KitchenAid Go is a cordless personal blender for anyone who wants a single-serve smoothie without hunting for a socket. A removable 12V lithium ion battery gives up to 20 minutes of continuous runtime, so you can blend berries on the patio, at your desk or in a caravan. The 473ml jar is sized for one drink, and a travel lid turns it into the cup you carry out of the door.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy This Cordless Personal Blender Beats Gritty Travel Gadgets\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePlenty of small portable blenders spin a single flat blade and leave flecks of kale or ginger floating in a watery drink. KitchenAid shaped this jar to fold ingredients back towards stainless steel asymmetric blades that strike at four distinct angles, building a strong vortex that breaks food down properly. A Pulse button handles frozen fruit in short bursts. The same battery also runs the rest of the KitchenAid Go Cordless System, including the hand blender, hand mixer and food chopper, all sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEveryday Advantages of the Go Blender\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUSB-C charging:\u003c\/strong\u003e top the battery up from any USB-C adapter you already own, because the included cable comes without a plug.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBattery indicator light:\u003c\/strong\u003e shows clearly when the battery needs to go back on charge, so a morning smoothie never stalls halfway.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDishwasher-safe jar:\u003c\/strong\u003e the graduated BPA-free plastic jar goes into the dishwasher once you have finished your drink.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInterchangeable battery:\u003c\/strong\u003e one 12V battery swaps between Go Cordless appliances, so adding a second tool later costs less.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKitchenAid 5KSBR256BM Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKitchenAid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5KSBR256BM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRange\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGo Cordless System\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBattery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12V max lithium ion, removable and interchangeable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRuntime\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 20 minutes continuous\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e473ml graduated, BPA-free durable plastic, dishwasher safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlades\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel, asymmetric, 4 blending angles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eControls\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOn\/off and Pulse buttons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCharging\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSB-C cable included, no power adapter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eH 30 x W 12.9 x D 12.2cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.26kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIn the box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlender, battery with USB-C cable, BPA-free jar, travel lid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFresh Blends Wherever the Day Starts\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDrop frozen berries, oats and milk into the jar before work, blend, then twist on the travel lid and take breakfast with you. In the evening the jar goes into the dishwasher while the battery charges from your phone adapter, ready for tomorrow morning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to Order Today\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe KitchenAid Go cordless personal blender is in stock now at Kitchen Supplies Zone, with swift UK dispatch on every order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can a cordless blender really handle ice and frozen fruit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Yes, within the limits of a personal blender. The asymmetric stainless steel blades work at four angles inside a vortex-shaped jar, and the Pulse button lets you break frozen fruit down in short bursts. Add a little liquid first for the smoothest result.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the battery work with other KitchenAid appliances?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: It does. The removable 12V battery powers every appliance in the KitchenAid Go Cordless System, such as the hand blender, hand mixer, food chopper and coffee grinder, which are sold separately without batteries. It charges by USB-C with any compatible adapter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How soon will my blender be sent out?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Orders are picked and packed promptly for swift UK dispatch, and a dependable courier service then brings the blender to your door. You will receive tracking details by email so you can see when it is on the way.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"KitchenAid","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50632760525056,"sku":"Item #644904","price":158.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0858\/7001\/8816\/files\/kitchenaid-go-cordless-blender-with-battery-prompt-uk-arrival-1.webp?v=1792146661"},{"product_id":"nutribullet-flex-blender-2-pack","title":"NutriBullet Flex Portable Blender 2 Pack: Cordless 650ml Blending for Two, Two Colourways","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNutriBullet Flex Portable Blender, 2 Pack\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis NutriBullet Flex portable blender 2 pack is for couples, families and gym-goers who want a smoothie wherever the day goes. One blender for you, one for them, or keep one at home and one at work. Each has a roomy 650ml cup with measurement markings, refined stainless steel blades and a hidden USB-C charging port, so you can blend with a single touch anywhere.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy a Portable Blender 2 Pack Beats One Kitchen Jug\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA countertop blender is brilliant until breakfast has to leave the house, and many travel blenders make you carry the heavy motor all day. Each Flex cup twists off once your drink is ready, so the motor base stays behind and NutriBullet says the weight you carry drops by 50%. A leakproof sip lid with a built-in carry loop seals the drink, while the pulse function and ice crushing handle frozen fruit. A 4-tier LED battery bar shows the charge at a glance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmall Details That Make Daily Blending Easy\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e650ml cup with markings:\u003c\/strong\u003e measure milk, juice or protein powder straight into the cup you drink from.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLeakproof sip lid:\u003c\/strong\u003e blend, seal and toss it in a gym bag without worrying about sticky spills.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetachable blade block:\u003c\/strong\u003e lifts off the cup easily and goes in the dishwasher after every single use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFold-away carry handle:\u003c\/strong\u003e the integrated loop handle folds away when you do not need it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlex Blender Technical Details\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNutriBullet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlex\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePack contents\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 portable blenders\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCup capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e650ml with measurement markings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFunctions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne-touch blending, pulse, ice crushing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCharging\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHidden USB-C port, 0.5m cable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndicators\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4-tier LED battery bar, light ring indicator\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade block lock\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.04kg per blender\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIn the box (each)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor base, 650ml cup, sip lid with carry loop, USB-C charging cable, blade block\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour options\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePink \u0026amp; Blue, or White \u0026amp; Graphite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTwo Blenders, Two Routines\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne of you blends a protein shake after the morning run while the other makes a fruit smoothie at the office desk. Each evening, rinse the cups, put the blade blocks in the dishwasher and plug both bases in to charge.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe NutriBullet Flex two-pack is in stock at Kitchen Supplies Zone in both colourways, with swift UK dispatch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can the Flex crush ice and frozen fruit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Yes. NutriBullet lists ice crushing and a pulse function, and the refined stainless steel blades are designed for smoother, silkier blends. Add liquid first, then frozen fruit or ice, and use short pulses for the best texture in a portable blender.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do I charge it and check the battery?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Each blender charges through a hidden USB-C port using the included cable. A 4-tier LED battery bar shows how much charge remains, so you are not caught out halfway through a smoothie.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: When will my blenders be dispatched?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Your order is packed promptly for swift UK dispatch, and a dependable courier service delivers it to your door. We email tracking details once the parcel leaves us, so you can plan to be around when the blenders are due.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nutribullet","offers":[{"title":"Pink \u0026 Blue","offer_id":50632762687744,"sku":"Item #905061PB","price":78.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \u0026 Graphite","offer_id":50632762720512,"sku":"Item #905061WG","price":78.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0858\/7001\/8816\/files\/nutribullet-flex-portable-blender-twin-pack-quick-uk-delivery-1.webp?v=1792146685"},{"product_id":"blenderbottle-strada-shaker-740ml","title":"BlenderBottle Strada Sleek Stainless Steel Shaker Bottle 740ml, 2 Pack: Insulated and Lockable","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlenderBottle Strada Sleek Stainless Steel Shaker Bottle 740ml, 2 Pack\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe BlenderBottle Strada Sleek is a stainless steel shaker bottle for lifters, runners and gym regulars who want a smooth shake that stays cold. Double-wall insulation keeps drinks chilled for up to 24 hours, and the lockable StayOpen flip cap seals tight in a kit bag. This pack gives you two 740ml bottles, so one can be washing while the other is in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlastic Shakers Cannot Keep Up With a Stainless Steel Shaker Bottle\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThin plastic shakers warm through in minutes, cling to old smells and leave powder clumped in the corners. The Strada Sleek uses double-wall insulated stainless steel to hold cold drinks for up to 24 hours. Its rounded base helps powders mix smoothly for spill-free blends, and the StayOpen cap locks closed so a bumpy commute does not end in a sticky gym bag. A slim, elongated profile gives a secure grip mid-workout and slides easily into bag pockets. It is BPA and phthalate-free.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy This Shaker Stays in Rotation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLockable StayOpen flip cap:\u003c\/strong\u003e stays out of your face while you drink and locks to stop it opening by accident.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRounded base:\u003c\/strong\u003e helps protein powder mix fully, with fewer stubborn lumps hiding in the corners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMeasurement markings:\u003c\/strong\u003e pour water or milk accurately for every scoop without reaching for a jug.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e24-hour cold retention:\u003c\/strong\u003e post-workout shakes are still refreshingly cold after a long training session.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStrada Sleek at a Glance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlenderBottle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStrada Sleek\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e740ml per bottle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePack contents\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 shaker bottles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble-wall insulated stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCold retention\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 24 hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLockable StayOpen flip cap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtras\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRounded base, measurement markings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterials safety\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBPA and phthalate-free\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCare\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDishwasher safe, hand wash advised; do not microwave, freeze or boil\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour options\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack or Blue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for Training Days\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMix your shake before leaving for the gym, lock the cap and drink it ice cold straight after the final set. The second bottle covers the next session, so you are never scrubbing a smelly shaker at midnight before an early start.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStocked and Shipping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe BlenderBottle Strada two-pack is in stock at Kitchen Supplies Zone, with quick UK delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will it mix protein powder without lumps?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: The Strada Sleek has a rounded base that helps ingredients move freely as you shake, which reduces clumps in the corners. Add liquid first using the measurement markings, then powder, lock the cap and shake firmly for best results.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can it go in the dishwasher?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: It is dishwasher safe, though hand washing is advised to preserve the finish. Wash it before first use and immediately after every use. Do not microwave, freeze or boil it, and engage the lock to prevent accidental opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: When will my shakers be delivered?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Orders are packed promptly and sent with quick UK delivery via a dependable courier service. We email tracking details as soon as your parcel leaves us, so you can follow it all the way to your door.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BlenderBottle","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":50632764031232,"sku":"Item #2738416Black","price":25.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":50632764064000,"sku":"Item #2738416Blue","price":25.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0858\/7001\/8816\/files\/blenderbottle-strada-steel-shaker-740ml-x2-quick-uk-delivery-1.webp?v=1792146690"},{"product_id":"ninja-blendboss-tumbler-blender","title":"Ninja BlendBoss Tumbler Blender 1100W: Crush Ice and Carry Your 710ml Tumbler, 5 Colours","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNinja BlendBoss Tumbler Blender 1100W\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Ninja BlendBoss is a tumbler blender for smoothie fans who want to blend, crush ice and carry their drink in the same cup. An 1100W motor drives sharp CrushBlades, turning frozen mango, a handful of ice and a splash of juice into slush in seconds. Then the 710ml travel tumbler comes off the base with its leakproof lid, carry handle and removable straw.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReal Power in a Personal Tumbler Blender\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMany small personal blenders whine against ice and leave frozen fruit in stubborn chunks. BlendBoss pairs an 1100W motor with CrushBlades that shave ice into snow-like texture and blend through fresh and frozen fruit, vegetables and seeds. Three Auto-iQ programmes, Smoothie, Blend and Crush, combine blending and pausing patterns so you are not stood there pulsing by hand, though a manual Pulse mode is there when you want control. The tumbler, lid, straw and CrushBlade are all dishwasher safe.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReasons BlendBoss Wins the Morning\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e710ml travel tumbler:\u003c\/strong\u003e blend straight into it, then grab the handle and go, with a 650ml maximum fill.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLeakproof when locked:\u003c\/strong\u003e twist the cap clockwise and the tumbler is secure for the journey.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo ways to sip:\u003c\/strong\u003e drink from the spout or use the removable straw, whichever suits the drink.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2-year guarantee:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ninja provides a 2-year guarantee once you register your new blender with them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlendBoss Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNinja\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlendBoss\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1100W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTumbler capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e710ml (max fill 650ml)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProgrammes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuto-iQ Smoothie, Blend and Crush, plus manual Pulse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlades\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCrushBlade, ice crushing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDishwasher safe parts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTumbler, lid, straw and CrushBlade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eH 32.8 x W 17 x L 18.3cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.55kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIn the box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1100W motor base, travel tumbler with lid, removable straw, CrushBlade, recipe guide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGuarantee\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years upon registration with Ninja\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour options\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCyberspace, Lavender Lemonade, Watermelon Bubblegum, Blue Raspberry, Stone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmoothies That Leave the House With You\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThrow frozen berries, yoghurt and oats into the tumbler, press Smoothie and pour nothing out, because the cup you blended in is the cup you carry. After the gym or school run, every part goes into the dishwasher ready for tomorrow.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFive Colours in Stock\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAll five BlendBoss colours are in stock at Kitchen Supplies Zone, with swift UK dispatch on every order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can it really crush ice for frozen drinks?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Yes. The 1100W motor and CrushBlade are built to turn ice into snow-like shaved ice and blend through frozen fruit. Use the Crush Auto-iQ programme for ice-heavy drinks and keep below the 650ml maximum fill line.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the tumbler leakproof for carrying in a bag?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Ninja states the travel tumbler becomes leakproof when the lid is attached and locked with a clockwise twist. Make sure the cap is fully secured before you pack it, and drink through the spout or the removable straw.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: When will my blender be sent?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Orders are packed promptly for swift UK dispatch, then a dependable courier service delivers to your door. Tracking details are emailed once the parcel has left us, letting you follow it right up to your doorstep.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Ninja","offers":[{"title":"Cyberspace","offer_id":50632764227840,"sku":"Item #631360","price":128.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lavender Lemonade","offer_id":50632764260608,"sku":"Item #631362","price":128.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"Watermelon Bubblegum","offer_id":50632764293376,"sku":"Item #631363","price":128.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"Blue Raspberry","offer_id":50632764326144,"sku":"Item #631364","price":128.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Stone","offer_id":50632764358912,"sku":"Item #631365","price":128.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0858\/7001\/8816\/files\/ninja-blendboss-1100w-tumbler-blender-fast-tracked-uk-transit-1.webp?v=1792146692"},{"product_id":"hamilton-beach-soup-maker-1-6l","title":"Hamilton Beach 3-in-1 Soup Maker and Smoothie Blender, 1.6L, Digital Display, HBSM003J","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHamilton Beach Soup Maker\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Hamilton Beach HBSM003J makes soups, smoothies, juices and jams in one jug. Hamilton Beach has been making kitchen appliances for more than 100 years.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSet It and Walk Away\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMaking soup on the hob means stirring, watching and blending in batches. Here you add the ingredients, choose a preset and press start, and the overspill sensor keeps the worktop clean while it cooks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy It Works\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3-in-1 Machine:\u003c\/strong\u003e soup, smoothies and jams from one appliance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.6 L Jug:\u003c\/strong\u003e makes up to four portions at once.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital Display:\u003c\/strong\u003e an angled timer that is easy to read.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverspill Sensor:\u003c\/strong\u003e stops boil-overs and keeps the worktop clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTech Details\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHamilton Beach\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHBSM003J\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.6 L, up to 4 portions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJug\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 x 20 x 29.2 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.3 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSoup is ready in 30 minutes or less. To get the best from a soup maker, chop vegetables into even pieces of about two centimetres so they cook at the same rate, and always keep the total of ingredients and stock between the minimum and maximum lines marked inside the jug. Too little liquid can make the base catch, and too much can bubble over. Add starchy ingredients such as potato, lentils or rice in moderate amounts, because they thicken the soup as it cooks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor extra flavour, soften onion, garlic and celery first, either with a saute setting if your machine has one or in a pan, then add them to the jug. Use a good stock cube or fresh stock, and season at the end, since flavours concentrate as the soup cooks. Clean the jug soon after use with warm soapy water and a soft brush around the blades, never submerge the base or heating element, and dry everything before you store it. Many soup makers also make smoothies, milkshakes, sauces and compotes, which makes them a handy everyday appliance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHomemade soup is a simple way to eat more vegetables, use up leftovers and cut food waste, and a batch made at the weekend can be portioned and frozen for quick, warming lunches during the working week. It is also a great way to make smooth, nourishing meals for children and older relatives.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn Stock Now\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Hamilton Beach Soup Maker is in stock at Kitchen Supplies Zone, with swift UK dispatch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many portions does it make?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Up to 4 per jug.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What else can it make?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Smoothies, juices and jams.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How will my soup maker be delivered?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Your soup maker is packed carefully for swift UK dispatch, and a dependable courier service delivers it to UK mainland addresses. You will receive tracking details as soon as your order leaves us.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Hamilton Beach","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":50786121187584,"sku":"AA1271","price":37.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey","offer_id":50786121220352,"sku":"AA1272","price":58.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0858\/7001\/8816\/files\/hamilton-beach-3-in-1-soup-maker-1-6l-1.webp?v=1793019560"},{"product_id":"justme-single-serve-soup-maker","title":"JustMe Single Serve Soup Maker and Smoothie Blender, 300ml, Self Cleaning","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJustMe Soup Maker\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis JustMe single serve soup maker cooks and blends one fresh 300 ml bowl at a time. It weighs just 760 g, so it fits on a small worktop or office desk. A self cleaning setting rinses the jug after use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo More Soup for Days\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBig soup makers mean eating the same soup all week. JustMe makes one fresh bowl, so you can change the flavour every day and use up the last bits of veg in the fridge. It even cleans itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e300ml:\u003c\/strong\u003e one bowl.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelf Cleaning:\u003c\/strong\u003e less washing up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e760 g:\u003c\/strong\u003e lightweight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3 Colours:\u003c\/strong\u003e green, white, berry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJustMe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJSM100110\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 ml\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11 x 9.5 x 22 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e760 g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuild\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble wall, stainless steel and plastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Make Great Soup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePerfect for desk lunches and small kitchens. To get the best from a soup maker, chop vegetables into even pieces of about two centimetres so they cook at the same rate, and always keep the total of ingredients and stock between the minimum and maximum lines marked inside the jug. Too little liquid can make the base catch, and too much can bubble over. Add starchy ingredients such as potato, lentils or rice in moderate amounts, because they thicken the soup as it cooks. For extra flavour, soften onion, garlic and celery first, either with a saute setting if your machine has one or in a pan, then add them to the jug. Use a good stock cube or fresh stock, and season at the end, since flavours concentrate as the soup cooks. Clean the jug soon after use with warm soapy water and a soft brush around the blades, never submerge the base or heating element, and dry everything before you store it. Many soup makers also make smoothies, milkshakes, sauces and compotes, which makes them a handy everyday appliance. Homemade soup is a simple way to eat more vegetables, use up leftovers and cut food waste, and a batch made at the weekend can be portioned and frozen for quick, warming lunches during the working week. It is also a great way to make smooth, nourishing meals for children and older relatives.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to Ship\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe JustMe Soup Maker is in stock at Kitchen Supplies Zone, with swift UK dispatch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How much soup does it make?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: One 300ml bowl.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Which colours are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Sage green, white and wild berry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How will my soup maker be delivered?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Your soup maker is packed carefully for swift UK dispatch, and a dependable courier service delivers it to UK mainland addresses. You will receive tracking details as soon as your order leaves us.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"JustMe","offers":[{"title":"Sage Green","offer_id":50786123645184,"sku":"AA1276","price":44.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":50786123677952,"sku":"AA1277","price":44.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Wild Berry","offer_id":50786123710720,"sku":"AA1278","price":44.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0858\/7001\/8816\/files\/justme-single-serve-soup-maker-300ml-1.webp?v=1793019572"},{"product_id":"linsar-soup-and-milk-maker","title":"Linsar Multi Blender, Soup and Plant Milk Maker, 1.6L Stainless Steel, 900W","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLinsar Soup and Milk Maker\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Linsar multi blender makes soup, smoothies and fresh plant milk in a 1.6 litre stainless steel jug. Six programs and an LED display keep it simple.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSoup and Dairy-Free Milk\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMost soup makers stop at soup. Linsar adds a milk program for fresh oat, almond, soya or rice milk, plus keep warm, so you can enjoy meals at your own pace. An anti-overflow program and alert add peace of mind.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e6 Programs:\u003c\/strong\u003e incl. plant milk.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.6L Steel Jug:\u003c\/strong\u003e family size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKeep Warm:\u003c\/strong\u003e eat at your pace.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnti-Overflow:\u003c\/strong\u003e audible alert.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLinsar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.6 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e900 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJug\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 x 23.5 x 27.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.46 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Make Great Soup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eReheats yesterday's soup in minutes. To get the best from a soup maker, chop vegetables into even pieces of about two centimetres so they cook at the same rate, and always keep the total of ingredients and stock between the minimum and maximum lines marked inside the jug. Too little liquid can make the base catch, and too much can bubble over. Add starchy ingredients such as potato, lentils or rice in moderate amounts, because they thicken the soup as it cooks. For extra flavour, soften onion, garlic and celery first, either with a saute setting if your machine has one or in a pan, then add them to the jug. Use a good stock cube or fresh stock, and season at the end, since flavours concentrate as the soup cooks. Clean the jug soon after use with warm soapy water and a soft brush around the blades, never submerge the base or heating element, and dry everything before you store it. Many soup makers also make smoothies, milkshakes, sauces and compotes, which makes them a handy everyday appliance. Homemade soup is a simple way to eat more vegetables, use up leftovers and cut food waste, and a batch made at the weekend can be portioned and frozen for quick, warming lunches during the working week. It is also a great way to make smooth, nourishing meals for children and older relatives.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady to Ship\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Linsar Soup and Milk Maker is in stock at Kitchen Supplies Zone, with swift UK dispatch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can it make plant milk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Yes, from oats, almonds, soya, rice or nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What programs does it have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Chunky soup, smooth soup, smoothie, blend, keep warm and milk.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How will my soup maker be delivered?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Your soup maker is packed carefully for swift UK dispatch, and a dependable courier service delivers it to UK mainland addresses. You will receive tracking details as soon as your order leaves us.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Linsar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50786124955904,"sku":"AA1281","price":48.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0858\/7001\/8816\/files\/linsar-soup-and-plant-milk-maker-1-6l-1.webp?v=1793019581"},{"product_id":"amzchef-2000w-commercial-blender","title":"AMZCHEF 2000W Commercial Blender Smoothie Maker with 2L BPA-Free Jug - 25000RPM, 8 Speeds, 4 Presets for Ice, Juice, Smoothie and Nuts","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWant the AMZCHEF 2000W Blender that crushes ice in seconds?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe AMZCHEF 2000 W blender brings commercial power to a home kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Choose the AMZCHEF 2000W Blender\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEight stainless steel blades spin at up to 25,000 RPM, turning ice, nuts and frozen fruit smooth in seconds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2000 W Motor:\u003c\/strong\u003e crushes ice in seconds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2 Litre Tritan Jug:\u003c\/strong\u003e contains no BPA.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e8 Speeds and 4 Presets:\u003c\/strong\u003e ice, juice, smoothie and nuts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2 Year Warranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e peace of mind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAMZCHEF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNY-8088MJD\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 x 19 x 47 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.8 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTips for Best Results\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePresets: Juice, Grind, Ice Crush and Smoothie. Blades are very sharp.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHold the blade assembly by its base when washing, and never put your hand inside the jug while it is on the motor base. Use the pulse button for chunky salsa, chopped nuts or breadcrumbs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eShort bursts give you control, while continuous blending turns food into a smooth purée. Add a splash more liquid if the blades spin without catching.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn Stock Now\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe AMZCHEF 2000W Blender is in stock at Kitchen Supplies Zone, ready for swift UK dispatch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How big is the AMZCHEF 2000W Blender jug?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: It holds 2 litres and is made from BPA-free Tritan.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does it have presets?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Yes. Four presets for ice, juice, smoothies and nuts, plus 8 speeds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How quickly will my AMZCHEF 2000W Blender arrive?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Orders leave Kitchen Supplies Zone with swift UK dispatch, and a dependable courier delivers to UK mainland addresses. You get tracking details by email as soon as it ships.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"AMZCHEF","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50806227796224,"sku":"AA1991","price":108.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0858\/7001\/8816\/files\/amzchef-2000w-commercial-blender-2l-jug-1.webp?v=1793107010"},{"product_id":"reemix-2000w-jug-blender","title":"Reemix 2000W Jug Blender with 2L Tritan Jar, 8 Steel Blades, 10 Speeds","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Reemix 2000W Jug Blender the powerful blender for family batches?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Reemix 8608 is a budget-friendly 2000 W blender that doubles as a grinder and ice crusher.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Choose the Reemix 2000W Jug Blender\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFrom silky soups to chunky salsa, ten speeds and a pulse button give you full control over texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2000 W at 35,000 RPM:\u003c\/strong\u003e powerful blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2 Litre Jug:\u003c\/strong\u003e family-size batches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10 Speeds Plus Pulse:\u003c\/strong\u003e full control over texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2 Year Warranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e peace of mind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReemix\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8608\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35.5 x 28.6 x 24.6 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.8 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTips for Best Results\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe hold limited units of the Reemix 2000W Jug Blender, so order before stock runs out. Makes dairy-free milks, nut butters, sauces and frozen fruit desserts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe jug is dishwasher safe. Store the blender with the lid off or slightly open so the jug dries completely and does not develop musty smells.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eClean the jug straight after use with the self-clean trick: half fill with warm water and a drop of washing-up liquid, blend for 30 to 60 seconds, then rinse. Frozen banana makes smoothies thick and creamy without ice cream.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn Stock Now\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Reemix 2000W Jug Blender is in stock at Kitchen Supplies Zone, ready for swift UK dispatch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How fast is the Reemix 2000W Jug Blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Its 2000 W motor spins at 35,000 RPM.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How much control do I get?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: You get 10 speeds plus pulse.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Do you deliver the Reemix 2000W Jug Blender across the UK?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Yes. We deliver to UK mainland addresses with a dependable courier service. Every order gets swift UK dispatch and tracking details by email.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Reemix","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50806229041408,"sku":"AA1992","price":68.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0858\/7001\/8816\/files\/reemix-2000w-jug-blender-2l-10-speeds-1.webp?v=1793107012"},{"product_id":"ninja-2-in-1-blender-bn750uk","title":"Ninja 2-in-1 Blender with Auto-iQ, 3 Automatic Programmes, Max Blend, 1200W, BN750UK","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWant the Ninja BN750UK 2-in-1 Blender for home and on the go?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Ninja BN750UK is one of the UK's favourite family blenders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Choose the Ninja BN750UK 2-in-1 Blender\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBlend a 2.1 litre jug for the family, or swap to the 700ml cup with a spout lid for a smoothie on the go.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1200 W Motor:\u003c\/strong\u003e smooth results every time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3 Auto-iQ Programmes:\u003c\/strong\u003e one-touch blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2.1 Litre Jug and 700 ml Cup:\u003c\/strong\u003e for the family or on the go.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDishwasher Safe Parts:\u003c\/strong\u003e easy cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNinja\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBN750UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1200 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.1 L jug, 700 ml cup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 x 25 x 44.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.03 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTips for Best Results\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBlades are tested to 1000 ice crushing cycles. 2 year guarantee on registration.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLoad a jug blender in the right order for the smoothest result: liquids first, then soft fruit and leafy greens, then frozen fruit and ice on top, so the blades pull everything down evenly. Glass jugs resist scratches and odours and look clear for years, while Tritan plastic jugs are lighter and almost shatterproof.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLook for a BPA-free label on any plastic jug. Blades are very sharp.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn Stock Now\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Ninja BN750UK 2-in-1 Blender is in stock at Kitchen Supplies Zone, ready for swift UK dispatch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What comes with the Ninja BN750UK 2-in-1 Blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: A 2.1 litre jug and a 700 ml cup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Are the parts dishwasher safe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Yes. It goes in the dishwasher for easy cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: When will my Ninja BN750UK 2-in-1 Blender be dispatched?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Your order is packed with care for swift UK dispatch from Kitchen Supplies Zone. A dependable courier then delivers it to UK mainland addresses, with tracking sent by email.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Ninja","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50806231236864,"sku":"AA1993","price":148.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0858\/7001\/8816\/files\/ninja-2-in-1-auto-iq-blender-1200w-bn750uk-1.webp?v=1793107015"},{"product_id":"ninja-ultracrush-blender-bp201uk","title":"Ninja UltraCrush Jug Blender with 3 Speed Settings, 1000W, Black BP201UK","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Ninja UltraCrush BP201UK the ice-crushing blender you need?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Ninja UltraCrush turns ice into snow-like crushed ice in seconds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Choose the Ninja UltraCrush BP201UK\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTotal Crushing blades pulverise ice and frozen fruit for frozen drinks, smoothies and sorbets.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1000 W Motor:\u003c\/strong\u003e powerful crushing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2.1 Litre Jug:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.9 litres of liquid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3 Speeds Plus Pulse:\u003c\/strong\u003e control every blend.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2 Year Guarantee:\u003c\/strong\u003e peace of mind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNinja\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBP201UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.1 L (1.9 L liquid)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18.6 x 18.6 x 30.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlades\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal Crushing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTips for Best Results\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRegister with Ninja for the 2 year guarantee. Simple controls: Low, High and Crush.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNever fill a blender jug past the maximum line, and leave extra space for hot liquids, which expand and can push the lid off. Start hot soups on the lowest speed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor nut butter, blend roasted nuts for several minutes, stopping to scrape down the sides. The nuts go from crumbs to a thick paste and finally to a smooth, spreadable butter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn Stock Now\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Ninja UltraCrush BP201UK is in stock at Kitchen Supplies Zone, ready for swift UK dispatch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How much liquid does the Ninja UltraCrush BP201UK hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: The 2.1 litre jug holds 1.9 litres of liquid.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does it have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Ninja gives a 2 year guarantee.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How quickly will my Ninja UltraCrush BP201UK arrive?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Orders leave Kitchen Supplies Zone with swift UK dispatch, and a dependable courier delivers to UK mainland addresses. You get tracking details by email as soon as it ships.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Ninja","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50806233465088,"sku":"AA1994","price":103.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0858\/7001\/8816\/files\/ninja-ultracrush-1000w-jug-blender-bp201uk-1.webp?v=1793107017"},{"product_id":"amzchef-1200w-glass-jug-blender","title":"AMZCHEF 1200W Smoothie Blender with 1.5L Glass Jug and 6-Leaf Stainless Steel Blade","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWant the AMZCHEF Glass Jug Blender that will not stain or hold smells?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis AMZCHEF blender is a compact glass jug model for smoothies and shakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Choose the AMZCHEF Glass Jug Blender\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt just 14 x 17cm on the worktop, it suits small kitchens while still crushing ice with a 1200W copper motor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1200 W Copper Motor:\u003c\/strong\u003e crushes ice easily.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.5 Litre Glass Jug:\u003c\/strong\u003e will not stain or hold smells.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3 Presets:\u003c\/strong\u003e including self-clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLid Safety Lock:\u003c\/strong\u003e runs only when sealed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAMZCHEF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLB6116\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1200 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 x 17 x 42 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJug\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eglass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTips for Best Results\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFour suction feet stop wobbling. The motor will not run unless the lid is locked.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHigher wattage helps with tough jobs. Blenders of 1000W and above crush ice, frozen fruit and nuts with ease, while 600W models suit smoothies and soft fruit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLet a high-powered blender rest for a minute or two between long runs. Most have overheat protection, but short breaks extend the life of the motor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn Stock Now\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe AMZCHEF Glass Jug Blender is in stock at Kitchen Supplies Zone, ready for swift UK dispatch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Why does the AMZCHEF Glass Jug Blender use glass?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: The 1.5 litre glass jug will not stain or hold smells.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can it clean itself?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Yes. One of its 3 presets is a self-clean cycle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Do you deliver the AMZCHEF Glass Jug Blender across the UK?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Yes. We deliver to UK mainland addresses with a dependable courier service. Every order gets swift UK dispatch and tracking details by email.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"AMZCHEF","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50806234677504,"sku":"AA1995","price":78.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0858\/7001\/8816\/files\/amzchef-1200w-glass-jug-smoothie-blender-1.webp?v=1793107022"},{"product_id":"tefal-blendforce-ii-blender","title":"Tefal Blendforce II Blender, 2L Jug, 600W, Ice Crush, Black","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Tefal Blendforce II the simple blender for smoothies and milkshakes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Tefal Blendforce II is a reliable everyday blender at a low price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Choose the Tefal Blendforce II\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe tapered 2 litre jug pulls food down into the four blades for smooth smoothies and milkshakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e600 W Motor:\u003c\/strong\u003e smoothies and milkshakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2 Litre Jug:\u003c\/strong\u003e family-size batches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2 Speeds Plus Pulse:\u003c\/strong\u003e simple controls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDishwasher Safe Parts:\u003c\/strong\u003e easy cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTefal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBL420840\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19.5 x 19.5 x 37 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.86 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTips for Best Results\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRemovable blades for easy cleaning, four suction feet for stability and built-in air cooling. Use the pulse button for chunky salsa, chopped nuts or breadcrumbs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eShort bursts give you control, while continuous blending turns food into a smooth purée. Add a splash more liquid if the blades spin without catching.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA tamper, where supplied, pushes thick mixtures into the blades without stopping the motor. Never fill a blender jug past the maximum line, and leave extra space for hot liquids, which expand and can push the lid off.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn Stock Now\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Tefal Blendforce II is in stock at Kitchen Supplies Zone, ready for swift UK dispatch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How big is the Tefal Blendforce II jug?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: It holds 2 litres, enough for family batches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it easy to clean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Yes. The parts are dishwasher safe.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: When will my Tefal Blendforce II be dispatched?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Your order is packed with care for swift UK dispatch from Kitchen Supplies Zone. A dependable courier then delivers it to UK mainland addresses, with tracking sent by email.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Tefal","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50806237266176,"sku":"AA1996","price":48.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0858\/7001\/8816\/files\/tefal-blendforce-ii-600w-blender-2l-jug-1.webp?v=1793107022"},{"product_id":"biolomix-2200w-professional-blender","title":"Biolomix Professional Blender 2200W with 6 Smart Presets and Manual Mode","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWant the Biolomix 2200W Blender that can make hot soup?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Biolomix T5600 packs 2200W of peak power and six presets, including one that heats soup by friction alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Choose the Biolomix 2200W Blender\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe hot soup preset blends raw vegetables and stock until friction heats them to steaming in about 6 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2200 W:\u003c\/strong\u003e peak power.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e6 Presets:\u003c\/strong\u003e incl. hot soup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2 L + 500ml:\u003c\/strong\u003e jug and cup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTamper:\u003c\/strong\u003e included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBiolomix\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT5600\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2200 W peak, 1500 W rated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 L (1.6 L max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 x 21 x 47 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtras\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003egrinding cup, tamper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTips for Best Results\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePresets: juice, ice crush, smoothie, sauce, grind and hot soup, plus manual variable speed. Clean the jug straight after use with the self-clean trick: half fill with warm water and a drop of washing-up liquid, blend for 30 to 60 seconds, then rinse.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFrozen banana makes smoothies thick and creamy without ice cream. Peel and slice ripe bananas before freezing them flat in a bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHigher wattage helps with tough jobs. Blenders of 1000W and above crush ice, frozen fruit and nuts with ease, while 600W models suit smoothies and soft fruit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn Stock Now\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eKitchen Supplies Zone has the Biolomix 2200W Blender in stock now.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can the Biolomix 2200W Blender make hot soup?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Yes. One of its 6 presets heats and blends soup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What comes in the box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: A 2 litre jug, a 500 ml cup, a grinding cup and a tamper.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How quickly will my Biolomix 2200W Blender arrive?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Orders leave Kitchen Supplies Zone with swift UK dispatch, and a dependable courier delivers to UK mainland addresses. You get tracking details by email as soon as it ships.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Biolomix","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50806239658240,"sku":"AA1997","price":91.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0858\/7001\/8816\/files\/biolomix-2200w-professional-blender-presets-1.webp?v=1793107025"},{"product_id":"gdor-1100w-2-in-1-blender","title":"GDOR 1100W 2-in-1 Blender with 1.5L Glass Jug \u0026 650ml Travel Cup, 3 Speeds, for Smoothies, Shakes, Ice and Sauces, Silver","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the GDOR 2-in-1 Blender the glass blender with a travel cup?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe GDOR 2-in-1 gives you a glass jug and a travel cup for one low price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Choose the GDOR 2-in-1 Blender\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA 6-leaf blade in the glass jug handles family batches, while the 4-leaf blade in the cup makes single smoothies to go.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1100 W Peak Power:\u003c\/strong\u003e smooth blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.5 Litre Glass Jug:\u003c\/strong\u003e for family batches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e650 ml Travel Cup:\u003c\/strong\u003e a smoothie to go.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3 Speeds Including Pulse:\u003c\/strong\u003e control texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGDOR\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSF701B2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1100 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17 x 18 x 30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003esilver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTips for Best Results\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe lid has a spout for adding ingredients. Self-clean with warm soapy water and a few pulses.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eGlass jugs resist scratches and odours and look clear for years, while Tritan plastic jugs are lighter and almost shatterproof. Look for a BPA-free label on any plastic jug.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBlades are very sharp. Hold the blade assembly by its base when washing, and never put your hand inside the jug while it is on the motor base.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn Stock Now\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe GDOR 2-in-1 Blender is in stock at Kitchen Supplies Zone, ready for swift UK dispatch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What comes with the GDOR 2-in-1 Blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: A 1.5 litre glass jug and a 650 ml travel cup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many speeds does it have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: It has 3 speeds, including pulse.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Do you deliver the GDOR 2-in-1 Blender across the UK?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Yes. We deliver to UK mainland addresses with a dependable courier service. Every order gets swift UK dispatch and tracking details by email.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"GDOR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50806240936192,"sku":"AA1998","price":54.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0858\/7001\/8816\/files\/gdor-1100w-2-in-1-glass-jug-blender-1.webp?v=1793107028"},{"product_id":"nutribullet-power-core-blender","title":"nutribullet Power Core Blender 1200W Jug Blender with XL 2.1L Pitcher","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWant the nutribullet Power Core for several servings at once?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe nutribullet Power Core brings the famous brand's blending to a family-size 2.1 litre pitcher.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Choose the nutribullet Power Core\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt under 45cm tall it stores on the worktop beneath wall units, yet the XL pitcher makes several servings at once.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1200 W Peak Power:\u003c\/strong\u003e smooth results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2.1 Litre XL Pitcher:\u003c\/strong\u003e several servings at once.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuto Smoothie Setting:\u003c\/strong\u003e one-touch blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2 Year Warranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e peace of mind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003enutribullet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePOWC1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1200 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.1 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20.5 x 20.5 x 45 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTips for Best Results\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCan blend hot ingredients and liquids. Pitcher, lid and cap are dishwasher safe.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor nut butter, blend roasted nuts for several minutes, stopping to scrape down the sides. The nuts go from crumbs to a thick paste and finally to a smooth, spreadable butter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eStore the blender with the lid off or slightly open so the jug dries completely and does not develop musty smells. Clean the jug straight after use with the self-clean trick: half fill with warm water and a drop of washing-up liquid, blend for 30 to 60 seconds, then rinse.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn Stock Now\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe nutribullet Power Core is in stock at Kitchen Supplies Zone, ready for swift UK dispatch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How big is the nutribullet Power Core pitcher?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: The XL pitcher holds 2.1 litres.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is there a one-touch setting?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Yes. Auto smoothie blends at the touch of a button.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: When will my nutribullet Power Core be dispatched?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Your order is packed with care for swift UK dispatch from Kitchen Supplies Zone. A dependable courier then delivers it to UK mainland addresses, with tracking sent by email.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"nutribullet","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50806241984768,"sku":"AA1999","price":98.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0858\/7001\/8816\/files\/nutribullet-power-core-1200w-2-1l-blender-1.webp?v=1793107029"},{"product_id":"shardor-1400w-smoothie-blender","title":"SHARDOR 1400W Smoothie Blender with 5 Smart Programmes, 1.5L Glass Jug and 700ml Travel Cup","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the SHARDOR 1400W Blender the blender for ice and frozen fruit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe SHARDOR TB8008 pairs 1400 W of peak power with five one-touch programmes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Choose the SHARDOR 1400W Blender\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose Extract, Milkshake, Smoothie, Ice Crush or Pulse and the blender sets the speed and time for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1400 W Peak Power:\u003c\/strong\u003e crushes ice and frozen fruit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5 Programmes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Extract, Milkshake, Smoothie, Ice Crush and Pulse.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.5 Litre Jug and 700 ml Cup:\u003c\/strong\u003e for home or on the go.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2 Year Warranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e peace of mind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSHARDOR\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTB8008\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1400 W peak\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700 ml\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJug\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eglass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTips for Best Results\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSelf-clean with water and a little washing-up liquid on the Extract programme. Let a high-powered blender rest for a minute or two between long runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMost have overheat protection, but short breaks extend the life of the motor. Load a jug blender in the right order for the smoothest result: liquids first, then soft fruit and leafy greens, then frozen fruit and ice on top, so the blades pull everything down evenly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eGlass jugs resist scratches and odours and look clear for years, while Tritan plastic jugs are lighter and almost shatterproof. Look for a BPA-free label on any plastic jug.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn Stock Now\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe SHARDOR 1400W Blender is in stock at Kitchen Supplies Zone, ready for swift UK dispatch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many programmes does the SHARDOR 1400W Blender have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Five: Extract, Milkshake, Smoothie, Ice Crush and Pulse.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What comes with it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: A 1.5 litre glass jug and a 700 ml cup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How quickly will my SHARDOR 1400W Blender arrive?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Orders leave Kitchen Supplies Zone with swift UK dispatch, and a dependable courier delivers to UK mainland addresses. You get tracking details by email as soon as it ships.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"SHARDOR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50806243918080,"sku":"AA2000","price":78.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0858\/7001\/8816\/files\/shardor-1400w-smoothie-blender-glass-jug-1.webp?v=1793107032"},{"product_id":"enfmay-2000w-professional-blender","title":"Enfmay 2000W Blender Smoothie Maker with 2L BPA-Free Tritan Jug, 8 Blades, 30000 RPM High-Speed Professional Blender for Ice and Nuts","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWant the Enfmay 2000W Blender with 8 steel blades?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Enfmay H4656 is a 2000 W blender built for ice, nuts and frozen desserts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Choose the Enfmay 2000W Blender\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 2 litre Tritan jar is sturdy, BPA-free and has a drip-free spout for pouring drinks for up to 8 people.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2000 W at 30,000 RPM:\u003c\/strong\u003e powerful blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2 Litre Tritan Jug:\u003c\/strong\u003e contains no BPA.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e8 Steel Blades:\u003c\/strong\u003e smooth results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariable Speed Plus Pulse:\u003c\/strong\u003e full control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnfmay\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eH4656\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.02 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTips for Best Results\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOverload and overheat protection. Self-clean by pulsing with water for 30 to 60 seconds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAdd a splash more liquid if the blades spin without catching. A tamper, where supplied, pushes thick mixtures into the blades without stopping the motor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNever fill a blender jug past the maximum line, and leave extra space for hot liquids, which expand and can push the lid off. Start hot soups on the lowest speed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn Stock Now\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Enfmay 2000W Blender is in stock at Kitchen Supplies Zone, ready for swift UK dispatch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How powerful is the Enfmay 2000W Blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Its 2000 W motor reaches 30,000 RPM.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the jug BPA-free?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Yes. The 2 litre jug is BPA-free Tritan.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Do you deliver the Enfmay 2000W Blender across the UK?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Yes. We deliver to UK mainland addresses with a dependable courier service. Every order gets swift UK dispatch and tracking details by email.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Enfmay","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50806245851392,"sku":"AA2001","price":97.59,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0858\/7001\/8816\/files\/enfmay-2000w-professional-blender-2l-tritan-1.webp?v=1793107035"},{"product_id":"kitchen-in-the-box-1500w-blender","title":"Kitchen in the box 1500W Smoothie Blender, 2L Jug with Variable Speed","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Kitchen in the box Blender the strong everyday blender you need?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis Kitchen in the box blender offers 1500 W and variable speed in black or silver.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Choose the Kitchen in the box Blender\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn opening in the lid lets you pour in liquid or add ingredients while the blender runs, and the stick keeps thick mixes moving.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1500 W Motor:\u003c\/strong\u003e powerful blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2 Litre Jug:\u003c\/strong\u003e contains no BPA.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariable Speed Plus Pulse:\u003c\/strong\u003e control texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2 Colours:\u003c\/strong\u003e black or silver.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKitchen in the box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNY-8628MCA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21 x 25 x 46 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlades\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8-point 3D\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTips for Best Results\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDishwasher-safe jar, or run with water to self-clean. Also makes nut butters and flours.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFrozen banana makes smoothies thick and creamy without ice cream. Peel and slice ripe bananas before freezing them flat in a bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHigher wattage helps with tough jobs. Blenders of 1000W and above crush ice, frozen fruit and nuts with ease, while 600W models suit smoothies and soft fruit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn Stock Now\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eReady to ship from Kitchen Supplies Zone today.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How powerful is the Kitchen in the box Blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: It has a 1500 W motor and an 8-point blade.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the jug contain BPA?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: No. The 2 litre jug is BPA-free.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: When will my Kitchen in the box Blender be dispatched?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Your order is packed with care for swift UK dispatch from Kitchen Supplies Zone. A dependable courier then delivers it to UK mainland addresses, with tracking sent by email.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Kitchen in the box","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":50806246375680,"sku":"AA2002","price":58.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Silver","offer_id":50806246408448,"sku":"AA2003","price":58.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0858\/7001\/8816\/files\/kitchen-in-the-box-1500w-blender-2l-jug-1.webp?v=1793107037"},{"product_id":"bosch-hand-blender-msm6b150gb","title":"Bosch Hand Blender with Beaker, 300W, QuattroBlade and AntiSplash, MSM6B150GB, White","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWant the Bosch MSM6B150GB Hand Blender that keeps soup in the pan?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bosch MSM6B150GB is a light, simple stick blender for everyday soups and sauces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Choose the Bosch MSM6B150GB Hand Blender\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe QuattroBlade knife cuts quickly and precisely, while the AntiSplash foot keeps soup in the pan and off the worktop.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e300 W Motor:\u003c\/strong\u003e everyday blending power.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuattroBlade Knife:\u003c\/strong\u003e cuts quickly and precisely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAntiSplash Foot:\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps soup in the pan.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2 Year Warranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e peace of mind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBosch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMSM6B150GB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e37.4 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.73 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTips for Best Results\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe blending foot detaches and is dishwasher safe, and the ergonomic handle is comfortable for one-handed use. It is a sensible first stick blender for a small kitchen or student flat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMost hand blenders should run for no more than about a minute at a time. Rest the motor between bursts when blending thick or frozen food.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eUnplug the blender before changing or cleaning attachments, and keep fingers well away from the blade, which stays sharp for years. Use the tall beaker for small jobs such as mayonnaise, dressings, baby food or a single smoothie.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn Stock Now\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bosch MSM6B150GB Hand Blender is in stock at Kitchen Supplies Zone, ready for swift UK dispatch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How does the Bosch MSM6B150GB Hand Blender stop splashes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Its AntiSplash foot keeps soup in the pan.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What blade does it use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: The QuattroBlade knife cuts quickly and precisely.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How quickly will my Bosch MSM6B150GB Hand Blender arrive?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Orders leave Kitchen Supplies Zone with swift UK dispatch, and a dependable courier delivers to UK mainland addresses. You get tracking details by email as soon as it ships.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bosch","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50806571925760,"sku":"AA2028","price":18.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0858\/7001\/8816\/files\/bosch-300w-hand-blender-with-beaker-msm6b150-1.webp?v=1793108395"},{"product_id":"fresko-1000w-hand-blender","title":"FRESKO 1000W Hand Blender with Variable Speed, Pan-Safe Guard and 4 Stainless Steel Blades","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the FRESKO H7 1000W Hand Blender powerful enough for tough jobs?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe FRESKO H7 brings a 1000 W motor and pressure-sensitive speed to a compact stick blender.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Choose the FRESKO H7 1000W Hand Blender\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe speed rises as you squeeze the trigger, giving gentle control for hot soup and full power for tough ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1000 W Motor:\u003c\/strong\u003e handles tough ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4 Steel Blades:\u003c\/strong\u003e 304 stainless steel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePan-Safe Guard:\u003c\/strong\u003e protects non-stick pans.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverheat Protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e safe on long jobs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFresko\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eH7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eControl\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVariable speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e304 stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 x 8.8 x 26.8 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTips for Best Results\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe food-grade guard helps protect non-stick pans and reduces splashing. The detachable blending foot is dishwasher safe.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA metal blending shaft is the best choice for hot food, while a plastic shaft is lighter and fine for cold sauces, purées and drinks. Avoid blending in non-stick pans unless the blade guard is designed to protect them, and do not crush large ice cubes unless the maker says it is safe.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor homemade mayonnaise, put an egg, mustard and a little lemon juice in the beaker, add the oil, then lift the blender slowly as the sauce thickens. Clean the blade straight after use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn Stock Now\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe FRESKO H7 1000W Hand Blender is in stock at Kitchen Supplies Zone, ready for swift UK dispatch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will the FRESKO H7 1000W Hand Blender scratch pans?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: No. A pan-safe guard protects non-stick coatings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can it overheat?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: No. Overheat protection keeps it safe on long jobs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Do you deliver the FRESKO H7 1000W Hand Blender across the UK?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Yes. We deliver to UK mainland addresses with a dependable courier service. Every order gets swift UK dispatch and tracking details by email.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Fresko","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50806573203712,"sku":"AA2029","price":23.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0858\/7001\/8816\/files\/fresko-1000w-variable-speed-hand-blender-h7-1.webp?v=1793108397"},{"product_id":"status-odessa-300w-hand-blender","title":"STATUS Odessa 300W Hand Blender, Lightweight Single-Speed Stick Blender, Gloss White","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWant the STATUS Odessa Hand Blender that is light on the wrist?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe STATUS Odessa is a slim, budget-friendly stick blender that weighs under half a kilo.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Choose the STATUS Odessa Hand Blender\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt about 489g the Odessa is easy to hold for longer jobs, so blending a big pan of soup will not tire your wrist.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e300 W Motor:\u003c\/strong\u003e reliable everyday power.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight 489 g:\u003c\/strong\u003e easy on the wrist.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne-Touch Button:\u003c\/strong\u003e press and go.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1 Year Warranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e peace of mind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStatus\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eODESSA1PKB4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.49 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGloss white\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTips for Best Results\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePress to blend and release to stop. The gloss white finish wipes clean easily after use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is a simple, low-cost choice for anyone who mainly blends soup and baby food. Use the chopper bowl for onions, herbs, nuts, breadcrumbs and garlic.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePulse in short bursts to control the texture instead of running it constantly. A hand blender, also called a stick or immersion blender, lets you purée soup straight in the pan, so there is no need to pour hot liquid into a jug blender.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn Stock Now\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe STATUS Odessa Hand Blender is in stock at Kitchen Supplies Zone, ready for swift UK dispatch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How heavy is the STATUS Odessa Hand Blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: It weighs just 489 g, so it is easy to hold.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How does it work?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Press the one-touch button and blend.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: When will my STATUS Odessa Hand Blender be dispatched?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Your order is packed with care for swift UK dispatch from Kitchen Supplies Zone. A dependable courier then delivers it to UK mainland addresses, with tracking sent by email.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Status","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50806574481664,"sku":"AA2030","price":14.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0858\/7001\/8816\/files\/status-odessa-300w-lightweight-hand-blender-1.webp?v=1793108400"},{"product_id":"bonsenkitchen-300w-hand-blender","title":"Bonsenkitchen 300W Electric Hand Blender, 2 Speeds, 304 Stainless Steel Blade, Black HB3201","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Bonsenkitchen HB3201 Hand Blender the simple blender for soups?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bonsenkitchen HB3201 is a compact two-speed blender small enough to keep in a drawer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Choose the Bonsenkitchen HB3201 Hand Blender\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA slim body, hanging loop and 1m cord make it easy to store and quick to grab for a weeknight soup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e300 W with 2 Speeds:\u003c\/strong\u003e for soups and sauces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4-Prong 304 Steel Blade:\u003c\/strong\u003e smooth results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverheat Protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e safe on long jobs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwist-Off Foot:\u003c\/strong\u003e easy cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBonsenkitchen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHB3201\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCord\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14.3 x 6.7 x 23.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTips for Best Results\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe hold limited units of the Bonsenkitchen HB3201 Hand Blender, so order before stock runs out. The twist-off blending foot is dishwasher safe; wipe the body clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRest after each minute of use for longer motor life. A whisk attachment whips cream and egg whites in a fraction of the time it takes by hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eStart on a low speed to avoid splashes. Always take the pan off the heat before blending, and keep the blade guard fully under the surface to stop hot soup splashing up the sides.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn Stock Now\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bonsenkitchen HB3201 Hand Blender is in stock at Kitchen Supplies Zone, ready for swift UK dispatch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many speeds does the Bonsenkitchen HB3201 Hand Blender have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Two speeds from its 300 W motor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it easy to clean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Yes. The foot twists off for washing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How quickly will my Bonsenkitchen HB3201 Hand Blender arrive?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Orders leave Kitchen Supplies Zone with swift UK dispatch, and a dependable courier delivers to UK mainland addresses. You get tracking details by email as soon as it ships.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bonsenkitchen","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50806575759616,"sku":"AA2031","price":22.09,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0858\/7001\/8816\/files\/bonsenkitchen-300w-two-speed-hand-blender-1.webp?v=1793108403"},{"product_id":"bonsenkitchen-1000w-hand-blender-set","title":"Bonsenkitchen 1000W 4-in-1 Hand Blender Set, 20 Speeds and Turbo, Whisk, Chopper and 700ml Cup","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWant the Bonsenkitchen HB3203 Blender Set with a whisk and chopper?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bonsenkitchen HB3203 set blends, chops and whisks with one 1000 W motor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Choose the Bonsenkitchen HB3203 Blender Set\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSwap between the stick blender, whisk and 500ml chopper for soups, mayonnaise, purées and chopped nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1000 W with 4 Blades:\u003c\/strong\u003e powerful blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e20 Speeds Plus Turbo:\u003c\/strong\u003e fine control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4-in-1 Set:\u003c\/strong\u003e stick, whisk, chopper and cup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFood-Contact Parts:\u003c\/strong\u003e contain no BPA.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBonsenkitchen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHB3203-V2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 + turbo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChopper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 ml\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700 ml\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTips for Best Results\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA safety lock and non-slip handle add control. Removable accessories rinse clean; never immerse the motor unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe set suits busy family kitchens that want one tool for many small daily prep jobs at home. Clean the blade straight after use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBlend a little warm soapy water in the beaker, then rinse, and never put the motor unit in water. Move the blender slowly up and down and in small circles rather than holding it still.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn Stock Now\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Bonsenkitchen HB3203 Blender Set is in stock at Kitchen Supplies Zone, ready for swift UK dispatch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What comes in the Bonsenkitchen HB3203 Blender Set?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: A stick blender, whisk, 500 ml chopper and 700 ml cup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many speeds does it have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: 20 speeds plus turbo.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Do you deliver the Bonsenkitchen HB3203 Blender Set across the UK?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Yes. We deliver to UK mainland addresses with a dependable courier service. Every order gets swift UK dispatch and tracking details by email.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bonsenkitchen","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50806577037568,"sku":"AA2032","price":30.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0858\/7001\/8816\/files\/bonsenkitchen-1000w-4-in-1-hand-blender-set-1.webp?v=1793108405"},{"product_id":"salter-cosmos-hand-blender-set","title":"Salter Cosmos 3-in-1 Hand Blender Set, 350W, 2 Speeds, 500ml Chopper, Whisk and Storage Stand","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Salter Cosmos 3-in-1 Blender the handy set for everyday cooking?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Salter Cosmos set replaces three gadgets with one tool.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Choose the Salter Cosmos 3-in-1 Blender\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eStainless steel blending and whisk attachments sit with a 500ml chopper on a neat stand that keeps the worktop tidy.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e350 W with 2 Speeds:\u003c\/strong\u003e everyday blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3-in-1 Set:\u003c\/strong\u003e blender, whisk and chopper.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e500 ml Chopper:\u003c\/strong\u003e for herbs, nuts and onions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3 Year Warranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e peace of mind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSalter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEK2827GUNMETAL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e350 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChopper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 ml\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.07 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTips for Best Results\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe self-storage stand holds every attachment, and the chopper bowl is BPA-free for veg, breadcrumbs and dressings. Unplug the blender before changing or cleaning attachments, and keep fingers well away from the blade, which stays sharp for years.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the tall beaker for small jobs such as mayonnaise, dressings, baby food or a single smoothie. The narrow shape keeps food close to the blades.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA whisk attachment whips cream and egg whites in a fraction of the time it takes by hand. Start on a low speed to avoid splashes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn Stock Now\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Salter Cosmos 3-in-1 Blender is in stock at Kitchen Supplies Zone, ready for swift UK dispatch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is in the Salter Cosmos 3-in-1 Blender set?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: A stick blender, a whisk and a 500 ml chopper.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does it have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Salter gives a 3 year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: When will my Salter Cosmos 3-in-1 Blender be dispatched?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Your order is packed with care for swift UK dispatch from Kitchen Supplies Zone. A dependable courier then delivers it to UK mainland addresses, with tracking sent by email.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Salter","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50806578315520,"sku":"AA2033","price":26.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0858\/7001\/8816\/files\/salter-cosmos-3-in-1-hand-blender-set-350w-1.webp?v=1793108408"},{"product_id":"1000w-hand-blender","title":"1000W Hand Blender, Variable Speed with Turbo, Detachable Stainless Steel Blade, Silver","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNeed a 1000W Variable Speed Hand Blender with a turbo boost?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis 1000 W hand blender pairs a strong DC motor with a solid metal body.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Choose the 1000W Variable Speed Hand Blender\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDial in exactly the speed you need, then hit turbo for a quick burst of extra power on thick mixtures.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1000 W DC Motor:\u003c\/strong\u003e powerful and quiet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariable Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e dial in the right speed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTurbo Button:\u003c\/strong\u003e a burst of extra power.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetal Housing:\u003c\/strong\u003e sturdy and durable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHB6411B-GS-BS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e39.1 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTips for Best Results\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA safety interlock and overheating protection add peace of mind. The stainless steel blade detaches for cleaning and storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is a strong, good-value pick for batch cooking soups and sauces. Avoid blending in non-stick pans unless the blade guard is designed to protect them, and do not crush large ice cubes unless the maker says it is safe.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor homemade mayonnaise, put an egg, mustard and a little lemon juice in the beaker, add the oil, then lift the blender slowly as the sauce thickens. Clean the blade straight after use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn Stock Now\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 1000W Hand Blender, Variable Speed with Turbo, Detachable Stainless Steel Blade, Silver is in stock at Kitchen Supplies Zone, ready for swift UK dispatch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this 1000W Variable Speed Hand Blender quiet?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Yes. Its DC motor is powerful and quiet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it sturdy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Yes. It has a metal housing and a detachable steel blade.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How quickly will my 1000W Variable Speed Hand Blender arrive?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Orders leave Kitchen Supplies Zone with swift UK dispatch, and a dependable courier delivers to UK mainland addresses. You get tracking details by email as soon as it ships.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Kitchen Supplies Zone","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50806579593472,"sku":"AA2034","price":27.15,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0858\/7001\/8816\/files\/amazon-basics-1000w-turbo-hand-blender-silver-1.webp?v=1793108411"},{"product_id":"shardor-1200w-hand-blender-set","title":"SHARDOR 6-in-1 Hand Blender Set, 1200W, 20 Speeds and Turbo, Whisk, Dough Hooks, Beaters, Beaker and Chopper","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWant the SHARDOR 6-in-1 Hand Blender for blending, whisking and kneading?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe SHARDOR HB8805 doubles as a hand mixer with dough hooks and beaters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Choose the SHARDOR 6-in-1 Hand Blender\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSwap the blending stick for beaters or dough hooks and the same 1200W motor mixes cake batter and soft dough.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1200 W Motor:\u003c\/strong\u003e powerful mixing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e20 Speeds Plus Turbo:\u003c\/strong\u003e fine control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e6-in-1 Set:\u003c\/strong\u003e blender, whisk, hooks, beaters, beaker and chopper.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGuarded Blade:\u003c\/strong\u003e protects pans.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSHARDOR\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHB8805-6in1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1200 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 + turbo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBeaker\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 ml\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChopper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 ml\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTips for Best Results\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA guarded blade protects pans and a bell-shaped cover reduces splashes. Titanium-coated blades blend smooth and even.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA hand blender, also called a stick or immersion blender, lets you purée soup straight in the pan, so there is no need to pour hot liquid into a jug blender. Most hand blenders should run for no more than about a minute at a time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRest the motor between bursts when blending thick or frozen food. Unplug the blender before changing or cleaning attachments, and keep fingers well away from the blade, which stays sharp for years.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn Stock Now\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe SHARDOR 6-in-1 Hand Blender is in stock at Kitchen Supplies Zone, ready for swift UK dispatch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is in the SHARDOR 6-in-1 Hand Blender set?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: A blender, whisk, dough hooks, beaters, 800 ml beaker and 600 ml chopper.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many speeds does it have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: 20 speeds plus turbo.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Do you deliver the SHARDOR 6-in-1 Hand Blender across the UK?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Yes. We deliver to UK mainland addresses with a dependable courier service. Every order gets swift UK dispatch and tracking details by email.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"SHARDOR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50806579626240,"sku":"AA2035","price":44.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0858\/7001\/8816\/files\/shardor-1200w-6-in-1-hand-blender-set-black-1.webp?v=1793108413"},{"product_id":"reemix-1000w-hand-blender-set","title":"Reemix 1000W 5-in-1 Hand Blender Set, 12 Speeds and Turbo, Whisk, Frother, Chopper and Beaker","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Reemix HB-2034 Blender Set the 5-in-1 set with a milk frother?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Reemix HB-2034 set adds a milk frother to the usual blending, chopping and whisking tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Choose the Reemix HB-2034 Blender Set\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBeyond soups and purées, the frother attachment whips milk foam for a café-style coffee at home.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1000 W Copper Motor:\u003c\/strong\u003e strong and reliable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12 Speeds Plus Turbo:\u003c\/strong\u003e fine control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5-in-1 Set:\u003c\/strong\u003e blender, whisk, frother, chopper and beaker.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnti-Splash Guard:\u003c\/strong\u003e cleaner worktops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReemix\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHB-2034\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 + turbo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChopper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 ml\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBeaker\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 ml\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTips for Best Results\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwist-lock attachments are top-rack dishwasher safe; keep the motor handle dry. An extra-long cord adds reach, so you can blend at the hob without moving the pan.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAlways take the pan off the heat before blending, and keep the blade guard fully under the surface to stop hot soup splashing up the sides. A metal blending shaft is the best choice for hot food, while a plastic shaft is lighter and fine for cold sauces, purées and drinks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAvoid blending in non-stick pans unless the blade guard is designed to protect them, and do not crush large ice cubes unless the maker says it is safe. For homemade mayonnaise, put an egg, mustard and a little lemon juice in the beaker, add the oil, then lift the blender slowly as the sauce thickens.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn Stock Now\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eKitchen Supplies Zone has the Reemix HB-2034 Blender Set in stock now.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What comes in the Reemix HB-2034 Blender Set?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: A blender, whisk, frother, 500 ml chopper and 600 ml beaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many speeds does it have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: 12 speeds plus turbo.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: When will my Reemix HB-2034 Blender Set be dispatched?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Your order is packed with care for swift UK dispatch from Kitchen Supplies Zone. A dependable courier then delivers it to UK mainland addresses, with tracking sent by email.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Reemix","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50806580904192,"sku":"AA2036","price":28.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0858\/7001\/8816\/files\/reemix-1000w-5-in-1-hand-blender-set-hb-2034-1.webp?v=1793108415"},{"product_id":"braun-multiquick-5-pro-hand-blender","title":"Braun MultiQuick 5 Pro Hand Blender, 1000W, 25 Speeds and Turbo, 500ml Chopper, Whisk and Beaker, Black","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWant the Braun MultiQuick 5 Pro with 25 speeds?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Braun MultiQuick 5 Pro is a premium, quiet stick blender from a respected German brand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Choose the Braun MultiQuick 5 Pro\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTurn the wheel with your thumb through 25 speeds, while PowerBell Plus and Splash Control give fine, tidy results.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1000 W Quiet Motor:\u003c\/strong\u003e powerful and calm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e25 Speeds Plus Turbo:\u003c\/strong\u003e precise control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasyClick Plus:\u003c\/strong\u003e swap attachments in a click.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMetal Shaft:\u003c\/strong\u003e durable and hygienic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBraun\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMQ55236M\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 + turbo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChopper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 ml\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBeaker\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 ml\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTips for Best Results\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEasyClick Plus changes accessories with two buttons and one movement. The beaker is BPA-free.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMove the blender slowly up and down and in small circles rather than holding it still. This pulls food into the blades for a smoother finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the chopper bowl for onions, herbs, nuts, breadcrumbs and garlic. Pulse in short bursts to control the texture instead of running it constantly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn Stock Now\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Braun MultiQuick 5 Pro is in stock at Kitchen Supplies Zone, ready for swift UK dispatch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do attachments fit on the Braun MultiQuick 5 Pro?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: EasyClick Plus swaps them in one click.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the motor loud?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: No. The 1000 W motor is designed to run quietly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How quickly will my Braun MultiQuick 5 Pro arrive?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Orders leave Kitchen Supplies Zone with swift UK dispatch, and a dependable courier delivers to UK mainland addresses. You get tracking details by email as soon as it ships.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Braun","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50806582182144,"sku":"AA2037","price":88.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0858\/7001\/8816\/files\/braun-multiquick-5-pro-1000w-hand-blender-1.webp?v=1793108417"},{"product_id":"keplin-soup-maker-and-blender","title":"KEPLIN 3-in-1 Soup Maker and Blender, 1.2L, Smooth and Chunky","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the KEPLIN Soup Maker the quick soup maker with three modes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis compact KEPLIN machine makes smooth soup, chunky soup and blends drinks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Choose the KEPLIN Soup Maker\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSmooth soup, chunky soup and blend.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.2 Litre Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e soup for the family.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e800 W Power:\u003c\/strong\u003e quick results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3 Modes:\u003c\/strong\u003e smooth, chunky and blend.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2 Year Warranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e peace of mind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKEPLIN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.2 litres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 W, 220-240 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003esmooth, chunky, blend\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJug\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003estainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTips for Best Results\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePress-button LED panel is simple to use. Soften onions and garlic in a pan first, or use a sauté setting if your machine has one, for a deeper, sweeter flavour.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMany machines also make smoothies, sauces and purées, so one appliance can replace a blender for many everyday jobs. Always fill between the minimum and maximum lines.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eToo little liquid can burn on the base, and too much can bubble over during heating. Never put the base or a heated jug in water or the dishwasher.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn Stock Now\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe KEPLIN Soup Maker is in stock at Kitchen Supplies Zone, ready for swift UK dispatch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What modes does the KEPLIN Soup Maker have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: It has three modes: smooth, chunky and blend.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does it have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: It comes with a 2 year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How quickly will my KEPLIN Soup Maker arrive?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Orders leave Kitchen Supplies Zone with swift UK dispatch, and a dependable courier delivers to UK mainland addresses. You get tracking details by email as soon as it ships.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"KEPLIN","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":50821929238784,"sku":"AA2512","price":43.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Stainless Steel","offer_id":50821929271552,"sku":"AA2513","price":43.59,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0858\/7001\/8816\/files\/keplin-3-in-1-soup-maker-and-blender-1.webp?v=1793200311"},{"product_id":"rediffusion-1-6l-soup-maker","title":"Rediffusion 3-in-1 Soup Maker, Smoothie Blender and Jam Maker, 1.6L, 1000W, Black","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWant the Rediffusion 3-in-1 Soup Maker for soup, smoothies and jam?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis Rediffusion machine also makes jam as well as soups and smoothies.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Choose the Rediffusion 3-in-1 Soup Maker\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSoups, smoothies and jam in one jug.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.6 Litre Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e serves four.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1000 W Power:\u003c\/strong\u003e quick results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpill Sensor:\u003c\/strong\u003e stops overflow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3-in-1 Modes:\u003c\/strong\u003e soup, smoothie and jam.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRediffusion\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eREDSM003B\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.6 litres, serves 4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 W, 240 V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003esoup, smoothie, jam\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eoverspill sensor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTips for Best Results\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSmooth or chunky soup in under 30 minutes. Most soup makers are not for raw meat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse cooked chicken, ham or leftover roast, and add it with the vegetables. Season at the end rather than the start, because flavours concentrate during cooking and stock cubes already contain salt.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCut vegetables into even pieces of about 2cm so they cook through in the set time and blend to a smooth texture. Batch cooking saves money.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn Stock Now\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Rediffusion 3-in-1 is in stock at Kitchen Supplies Zone, ready for swift UK dispatch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many people does the Rediffusion 3-in-1 Soup Maker serve?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Its 1.6 litre jug serves four.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will it overflow?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: No. A spill sensor stops overflow.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Do you deliver the Rediffusion 3-in-1 Soup Maker across the UK?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Yes. We deliver to UK mainland addresses with a dependable courier service. Every order gets swift UK dispatch and tracking details by email.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Rediffusion","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50821929894144,"sku":"AA2514","price":38.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0858\/7001\/8816\/files\/rediffusion-3-in-1-soup-maker-1-6l-1.webp?v=1793200313"},{"product_id":"cooks-professional-heated-blender-soup","title":"Cooks Professional Heated Blender and Soup Maker, 1000W, 1.8L Glass Jug, Black","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Cooks Pro Heated Blender the 10 programme soup maker you need?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis heated blender makes hot soups and cold smoothies in one glass jug.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Choose the Cooks Pro Heated Blender\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSoup maker and blender in one machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.8 Litre Jug:\u003c\/strong\u003e family portions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1000 W Power:\u003c\/strong\u003e quick results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10 Programmes:\u003c\/strong\u003e automatic cooking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass Jug:\u003c\/strong\u003e easy to see and clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCooks Professional\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eK940\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.8 L jug (1.75 L max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProgrammes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 automatic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 x 22 x 48.7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTips for Best Results\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly runs when assembled correctly. Clean the jug soon after use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFill it with warm water and a drop of washing-up liquid and run a short blend to loosen residue around the blade. Leave space around the machine while it runs, as steam escapes from the lid and the jug becomes very hot to the touch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSoften onions and garlic in a pan first, or use a sauté setting if your machine has one, for a deeper, sweeter flavour. Many machines also make smoothies, sauces and purées, so one appliance can replace a blender for many everyday jobs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn Stock Now\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eReady to ship from Kitchen Supplies Zone today.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How big is the Cooks Pro Heated Blender jug?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: The glass jug holds 1.8 litres and is easy to clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many programmes does it have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: It has 10 automatic programmes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: When will my Cooks Pro Heated Blender be dispatched?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Your order is packed with care for swift UK dispatch from Kitchen Supplies Zone. A dependable courier then delivers it to UK mainland addresses, with tracking sent by email.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Cooks Professional","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50821931139328,"sku":"AA2515","price":118.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0858\/7001\/8816\/files\/cooks-professional-heated-blender-soup-1.webp?v=1793200316"},{"product_id":"ninja-foodi-3in1-hand-mixer","title":"Ninja Foodi 3-in-1 Hand Blender, Hand Mixer and Chopper, 850W, Stone Gold CI100UKSTGD","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWant the Ninja Foodi 3-in-1 Hand Mixer that also blends and chops?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis Ninja unit swaps between a hand mixer, stick blender and chopper on one motor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Choose the Ninja Foodi 3-in-1 Hand Mixer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe base recognises the attachment in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e850 W Power:\u003c\/strong\u003e strong motor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3-in-1 Tool:\u003c\/strong\u003e mixer, blender and chopper.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5 Mixing Speeds:\u003c\/strong\u003e from gentle to fast.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e700 ml Chopper:\u003c\/strong\u003e herbs, nuts and onions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNinja\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCI100UKSTGD\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e850 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mixing, 2 blending\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncludes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ehand mixer, hand blender, 700 ml chopper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003estone gold\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTips for Best Results\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe freestanding motor lets you add ingredients while it mixes. Wash attachments in warm soapy water or the dishwasher if the maker allows it, but only ever wipe the motor body with a damp cloth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA deep, narrow bowl keeps splashes down. Tilt the bowl slightly as you mix to bring the ingredients into the beaters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor heavy doughs, work in short bursts and let the motor rest for a minute or two, so it does not overheat. Start every mix on the lowest speed and build up slowly, so flour and icing sugar do not puff out of the bowl.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn Stock Now\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Ninja Foodi 3-in-1 is in stock at Kitchen Supplies Zone, ready for swift UK dispatch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What does the Ninja Foodi 3-in-1 Hand Mixer include?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: A hand mixer, a hand blender and a 700 ml chopper.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How powerful is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: It has an 850 W motor with 5 mixing speeds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: When will my Ninja Foodi 3-in-1 Hand Mixer be dispatched?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Your order is packed with care for swift UK dispatch from Kitchen Supplies Zone. A dependable courier then delivers it to UK mainland addresses, with tracking sent by email.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Ninja","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50822032261376,"sku":"AA2520","price":133.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0858\/7001\/8816\/files\/ninja-foodi-3-in-1-hand-mixer-ci100uk-1.webp?v=1793200516"},{"product_id":"geepas-550w-jug-blender-grinder","title":"GEEPAS 2-in-1 Jug Blender and Grinder, 1.5L Jar, 550W, 4 Speeds and Pulse","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWant the GEEPAS 550W Blender with a coffee grinder?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis GEEPAS blender also grinds coffee, spices and nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Choose the GEEPAS 550W Blender\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRuns only when the jar is locked in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e550 W Motor:\u003c\/strong\u003e everyday blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.5 Litre Jar:\u003c\/strong\u003e drinks for the family.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4 Speeds:\u003c\/strong\u003e plus pulse.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2-in-1 Grinder:\u003c\/strong\u003e coffee, spices and nuts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGEEPAS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGSB44092UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e550 watts, 230V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 litres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlades\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4-blade stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eblack, white\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTips for Best Results\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe grinder cup handles dry spices and coffee beans. Let hot food cool before blending in a sealed personal cup, because steam builds pressure and can push the lid off.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse a vented jug for warm soups. Add liquid first, then soft fruit, then frozen fruit or ice on top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis order helps the blades pull the mix down and blend it evenly without stalling. Never put the motor base in water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn Stock Now\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe GEEPAS 550W Blender is in stock at Kitchen Supplies Zone, ready for swift UK dispatch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What does the GEEPAS 550W Blender grinder do?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: It grinds coffee, spices and nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How big is the jar?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: It holds 1.5 litres.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: When will my GEEPAS 550W Blender be dispatched?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Your order is packed with care for swift UK dispatch from Kitchen Supplies Zone. A dependable courier then delivers it to UK mainland addresses, with tracking sent by email.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"GEEPAS","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":50830842331392,"sku":"AA2562","price":33.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":50830842364160,"sku":"AA2563","price":23.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0858\/7001\/8816\/files\/geepas-550w-1-5l-jug-blender-and-grinder-1.webp?v=1793280853"},{"product_id":"philips-3000-blender-hr2041","title":"Philips Blender 3000 Series HR2041\/01, 450W ProBlend, 1.9L Jar, Black","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Philips 3000 Blender the quick blender for family portions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis Philips blender gives smooth results in about 45 seconds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Choose the Philips 3000 Blender\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMotor, blade and jug are designed to work together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e450 W Motor:\u003c\/strong\u003e ProBlend power.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.9 Litre Jar:\u003c\/strong\u003e family portions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e45 Second Blends:\u003c\/strong\u003e quick results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDishwasher Safe Jar:\u003c\/strong\u003e easy cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePhilips\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHR2041\/01\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e450 watts, 230V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.9 litres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eplastic, dishwasher safe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eblack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTips for Best Results\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRecipe ideas for smoothies and soups are included. Leafy greens like spinach and kale blend best with plenty of liquid, so add them with water or milk first and blend before adding the rest.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDo not fill past the max line. Leave space at the top so the mix can move freely, which gives a smoother result and keeps the lid from leaking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTake care with the blade assembly when washing by hand, as the edges are sharp. Hold it by the base and use a bottle brush around the blades.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn Stock Now\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eKitchen Supplies Zone has the Philips 3000 Blender in stock now.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How big is the Philips 3000 Blender jar?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: It holds 1.9 litres.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the jar dishwasher safe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Yes. It goes in the dishwasher for easy cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How quickly will my Philips 3000 Blender arrive?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Orders leave Kitchen Supplies Zone with swift UK dispatch, and a dependable courier delivers to UK mainland addresses. You get tracking details by email as soon as it ships.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Philips","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50830842495232,"sku":"AA2564","price":33.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0858\/7001\/8816\/files\/philips-3000-series-blender-hr2041-1-9l-1.webp?v=1793280856"},{"product_id":"tecknet-600w-personal-blender","title":"TECKNET 600W Personal Blender and Smoothie Maker with 600ml Cup and 2 To-Go Lids","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWant the TECKNET 600W Blender for smoothies on the go?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis compact TECKNET blender turns the cup into a travel bottle with its to-go lids.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Choose the TECKNET 600W Blender\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTurn the cup down and press to start.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e600 W Motor:\u003c\/strong\u003e smooth smoothies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e600 ml Cup:\u003c\/strong\u003e a single serving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2 To-Go Lids:\u003c\/strong\u003e drink on the move.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwist-Off Blade:\u003c\/strong\u003e easy cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTECKNET\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePC-2113\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 watts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600ml, BPA-free\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLids\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 to-go lids\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003egrey black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTips for Best Results\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSmall enough to keep on the worktop. Check the sealing ring under the blade now and then.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA worn or missing ring is the usual reason for leaks, and spare rings are cheap to replace. For crushed ice and frozen fruit, use short pulses first to break up big pieces, then run a longer blend to finish the texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLet hot food cool before blending in a sealed personal cup, because steam builds pressure and can push the lid off. Use a vented jug for warm soups.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn Stock Now\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe TECKNET 600W Blender is in stock at Kitchen Supplies Zone, ready for swift UK dispatch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What comes with the TECKNET 600W Blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: A 600 ml cup and 2 to-go lids.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it easy to clean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Yes. The blade twists off.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Do you deliver the TECKNET 600W Blender across the UK?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Yes. We deliver to UK mainland addresses with a dependable courier service. Every order gets swift UK dispatch and tracking details by email.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TECKNET","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50830843445504,"sku":"AA2565","price":38.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0858\/7001\/8816\/files\/tecknet-600w-personal-smoothie-blender-1.webp?v=1793280858"},{"product_id":"ganiza-900w-personal-smoothie-blender","title":"Ganiza 900W Personal Smoothie Blender with 3 Cups, 25,000 RPM, 12-Piece Kit","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Ganiza 900W Blender the 12 piece kit for ice and fruit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis Ganiza kit includes three cups and spare sealing rings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Choose the Ganiza 900W Blender\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne 700ml and two 500ml cups for the whole week.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e900 W Peak Power:\u003c\/strong\u003e crushes ice and fruit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e25,000 RPM:\u003c\/strong\u003e smooth results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3 Cups:\u003c\/strong\u003e one 700 ml and two 500 ml.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e304 Steel Blade:\u003c\/strong\u003e strong and rust resistant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGaniza\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGB06\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e900 watts peak\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25,000 RPM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCups\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x 700ml, 2 x 500ml, BPA-free\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 pieces with spare rings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTips for Best Results\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRuns only when the cup is fitted correctly. A personal blender blends straight into the cup you drink from, which makes it the quickest choice for one or two smoothies before work or after training.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWattage is a rough guide to power. Around 300 to 600 watts handles soft fruit and protein shakes, while 700 watts or more copes better with ice, nuts and seeds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLeafy greens like spinach and kale blend best with plenty of liquid, so add them with water or milk first and blend before adding the rest. Do not fill past the max line.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn Stock Now\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Ganiza 900W Blender is in stock at Kitchen Supplies Zone, ready for swift UK dispatch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How fast is the Ganiza 900W Blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: It reaches 25,000 RPM.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many cups come with it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Three: one 700 ml and two 500 ml.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: When will my Ganiza 900W Blender be dispatched?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Your order is packed with care for swift UK dispatch from Kitchen Supplies Zone. A dependable courier then delivers it to UK mainland addresses, with tracking sent by email.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Ganiza","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50830844920064,"sku":"AA2566","price":41.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0858\/7001\/8816\/files\/ganiza-900w-personal-smoothie-blender-1.webp?v=1793280861"},{"product_id":"ninja-slim-blender-qb3001uks","title":"Ninja 700W Slim Blender and Smoothie Maker QB3001UKS with 2 x 470ml Cups","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWant the Ninja Slim Blender for whole fruit and nuts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Ninja Slim blends whole fruit, nuts and seeds in the cup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Choose the Ninja Slim Blender\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePush down on the cup to blend, then drink.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e700 W Motor:\u003c\/strong\u003e blends whole fruit and nuts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2 x 470 ml Cups:\u003c\/strong\u003e blend and drink.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpout Lids:\u003c\/strong\u003e drink on the move.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDishwasher Safe:\u003c\/strong\u003e easy cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttribute\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNinja\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQB3001UKS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700 watts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCups\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 x 470ml, BPA-free\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLids\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 spout lids\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003esilver and black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTips for Best Results\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRemovable parts go in the dishwasher. A jug blender suits families and batch jobs, because a 1.5 litre or larger jar makes several glasses of smoothie, a pan of soup or a big batch of sauce at once.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eClean the cup or jug straight after use. Add warm water and a drop of washing-up liquid and run a short blend, then rinse, so pulp never dries on the blades.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCheck the sealing ring under the blade now and then. A worn or missing ring is the usual reason for leaks, and spare rings are cheap to replace.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn Stock Now\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Ninja Slim Blender is in stock at Kitchen Supplies Zone, ready for swift UK dispatch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What comes with the Ninja Slim Blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Two 470 ml cups with spout lids.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it dishwasher safe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Yes. It goes in the dishwasher for easy cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How quickly will my Ninja Slim Blender arrive?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA: Orders leave Kitchen Supplies Zone with swift UK dispatch, and a dependable courier delivers to UK mainland addresses. You get tracking details by email as soon as it ships.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Ninja","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50830845149440,"sku":"AA2567","price":58.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0858\/7001\/8816\/files\/ninja-700w-slim-blender-qb3001uks-1.webp?v=1793280864"}],"url":"https:\/\/www.kitchensupplieszone.co.uk\/collections\/blenders.oembed","provider":"Kitchen Supplies Zone","version":"1.0","type":"link"}